Service Manual: 6566694 (11-95) Printed in U.S.A. Melroe Company 1995

4 4
4 4
0 3
Service
Manual
4
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

4
3
B
6566694 (11–95) Printed in U.S.A. © Melroe Company 1995

1 of 340
2 of 340
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0903
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT
B-10731a B-12365 B-7469

Never service the Bobcat Skid- Use the correct procedure to lift or Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions. lower operator cab. required daily.
WRONG WRONG WRONG

B-11799 B-15231 B-15280
Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support
Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go device. Replace if damaged.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas under lift arms when raised Never modify equipment or add
can be produced. unless supported by an attachments not approved by
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which approved lift arm support device. Bobcat Company.
can kill without warning. Exhaust Replace it if damaged.
system must be tightly sealed.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
B-6590 B-6580 B-6589

B-16102 B-16102
Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame. before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW01-0805
3 of 340
4 of 340
CONTENTS
PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
DRIVE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1 HYDRAULIC
MAIN FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1 SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
ENGINE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1 HYDROSTATIC
SYSTEM
CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its DRIVE
constituents are known to the State of California SYSTEM
to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
MAIN
REFERENCE INFORMATION FRAME

Write the correct information for Your Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use
these numbers when referring to your Bobcat loader.
ELECTRICAL
Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . SYSTEM
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . .
ENGINE
SERVICE
NOTES:
TECHNICAL
DATA
YOUR LOADER DEALER: SPECIFICATIONS

ADDRESS:
PHONE:
440, 443 & 443B Loader

5 of 340 i Service Manual
440, 443 & 443B Loader

6 of 340 ii Service Manual
FOREWORD
This manual is for the Bobcat loader mechanic. It provides necessary servicing and adjustment
procedures for the Bobcat loader and its component parts and systems. Refer to the Operation &
Maintenance Manual for operating instructions, starting procedure, daily checks, etc.
A general inspection of the following items must be made after the loader has had service or repair:
1. Check that the ROPS/FOPS 9. Enclosure door latches must

(Including sidescreens) is in open and close freely.
good condition and is not
modified.
2. Check that ROPS mounting 10. Bob–Tach wedges and

hardware is tightened and is linkages must function
Melroe approved. correctly and be in good
condition.
3. The seat belt must be correctly 11. Safety treads must in good
installed, functional and in condition.

good condition.
4. The seat bar and pedal 12. Check for correct function of
interlocks must be correctly indicator lamps (Optional on
adjusted, clean and lubricated. some models).
5. Machine signs must be legible 13. Check hydraulic fluid level,

and in the correct location. engine oil level and fuel supply.
6. Steering levers and foot pedals 14. Inspect for fuel, oil or hydraulic
must return to neutral. fluid leaks.
7. Check for correct funtion of the 15. Lubricate the loader.

work lights.
8. The parking brake must 16. Check the condition of the

function correctly. battery and cables.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

7 of 340 iii Service Manual
17. Inspect the air cleaner for
damage or leaks. Check the
condition of the element.
18. Check the electrical charging

system.
19. Check tires for wear and

pressure.
20. Inspect for loose or broken

parts or connections.

21. Operate the loader and check
all functions.
22. Check for any field

modification not completed.
Recommend to the owner that all

necessary corrections be made
before the machine is returned to
service.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

8 of 340 iv Service Manual
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read Operation & Maintenance Manual,
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making
repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure
to follow instructions can cause injury or death.
W–2003–1289
The following publications provide information on the safe use and maintenance of the loader and attachments:
• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete instructions have been given to the new owner and that the machine
is in safe operating condition.
• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the loader gives operating information as well as routine mainte-
nance and service procedures. It is a part of the loader and must stay with the machine when it is sold. Replacement
Operation & Maintenance Manuals can be ordered from your Bobcat loader dealer.
• The loader has machine signs (decals) which instruct on the safe operation and care. The signs and their locations are
shown in the Operation & Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
• The loader has a plastic Operator’s Handbook fastened to the operator cab. Its brief instructions are convenient to the
operator. The handbook is available from your dealer in an English edition or one of the following languages: French,

German, Italian, Dutch & Spanish edition.
• The EMI Safety Manual (available in Spanish) delivered with the loader gives general safety information.
• The Service Manual and Parts Manual are available from your dealer for use by mechanics to do shop–type service and
repair work.
• The Skid–Steer Loader Operator Training Course is available through your local Bobcat dealer. This course is intended
to provide rules and practices for correct operation of the Bobcat loader. This course is available in English and Spanish
versions.
• The Bobcat Skid–Steer Loader Safety Video is available from your Bobcat Dealer.
Warnings on the machine and in the This notice identifies procedures

manuals are for your safety. Failure to which must be followed to avoid
obey warnings can cause injury or damage to the machine.
death. I–2019–0284
W–2044–1285
Safety Alert Symbol: This Safety Symbol is used for important safety messages. When you see this
symbol follow the safety message to avoid personal injury or death.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

9 of 340 v Service Manual
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (Cont’d)
440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–ContentsSection
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses when maintaining or servicing loader. Safety glasses, hearing
protection or loader special applications kit are required for some work. See your dealer for Melroe Safety equipment.
• Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are located and how to use them.
• Do not use the Bobcat loader where exhaust, arcs, sparks or hot components can contact flammable material, explosive
dust or gases.
• The engine compartment and engine cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned if necessary to prevent
fire hazard and overheating.
• Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage. Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or replace any
damaged part.
• Check fuel and hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check
for leaks. Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for
cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable solvents.
• Follow any environmental safety regulations when disposing of used fluids such as engine oil, grease or anti–freeze.
• Do not use ether or starting fluids on engines which have glow plugs. These starting aids can cause explosion and injure
you or bystanders.
• Always clean the loader and disconnect the battery before doing any welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery and all other

flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher near the loader when welding. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding
painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
• Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No smoking!
• Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance or Service Manuals for connecting the battery.
• Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance or Service Manuals for cleaning the spark arrestor muffler.
A fire extinguisher is available from your local dealer. The fire extinguisher can be installed in the location shown [A].
P–3705
440, 443 & 443B Loader

10 of 340 vi Service Manual
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE
Page MAINTENANCE
Number
ENGINE SERVICE
Air Cleaner Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–5
Engine Cooling System (440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–11
Engine Cooling System (443 & 443B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–12
Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–8
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–7
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–7
Replacement of The Engine Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–8
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)
Checking & Adding Chaincase Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–19
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical System Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–13
Install a New Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–15
Using an Extra Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–13
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Checking & Adding Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–18
Removing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–19
Replacing the Hydraulic Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–17

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE
Installing the Lift Arm Support Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–24
LUBRICATION OF THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–21
Delivery Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Serial Number Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–22
SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3
SPARK ARRESTOR MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–16
STOPPING THE BOBCAT LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–24
TIRE MAINTENANCE
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–20
Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–20
TRANSPORTING THE BOBCAT LOADER
Loading the Bobcat Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–23
Fastening the Loader to the Transport Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–23
440, 443 & 443B Loader

11 of 340 –1–1– Service Manual
440, 443 & 443B Loader

SERVICE SCHEDULE
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The
service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine.

Read Operation & Maintenance Manual, Handbook and signs (de-
cals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manual
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct
function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W–2003–1289
443
440 443B ITEM SERVICE REQUIRED 8–10 25 50 100 250 500 1000
Engine Air Cleaner Empty the dust cup.

Engine Oil Check level & add oil as needed.
Engine Cooling System Check & clean as needed (Including oil cooler).
Engine Cooling System Check coolant level in recovery tank.
Tires Check air pressure & check for damage.
Indicators & Gauges Check for correct operation of all indicators, switches and
lights.
Seat Belt & Seat Bar Check the condition of seat belt. Check the seat bar, when

raised it must lock both pedals.
Safety Signs (Decals) Check for damaged signs (decals). Replace any signs
(decals) that are not in correct location.
All Loader Pivot Pins Add grease to the fittings until extra grease shows.
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Fluid Check fluid level in the reservoir & add fluid as needed.
Engine Oil Replace the engine oil.
Engine Air Cleaner Replace the filter element.
Engine Air Shrouding Remove & clean shrouding & cooling fins.
Engine Oil & Filter Replace engine oil & filter.
Battery Check cables & water level.
Control Pedals & Steering Check operation. Make repairs & adjustments as needed.
Linkage
Bob–Tach Check locking lever & wedges for condition & operation.
Wheel Nuts Check for loose wheel nuts (See Page 1–17).
Parking Brake Check operation. Make adjustment as needed.
Alternator Belt Check tension, make adjustment as needed.
Engine Fuel Filter Remove water from the filter.
Engine Ignition System Check & clean spark plugs.
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Filter Replace the filter element.
Element
Spark Arrestor Muffler Clean the spark chamber.
Steering Levers Lubricate the grease fittings.
Engine Fuel Filter Remove & replace the filter element.
Engine Ignition System Check points & timing. Replace spark plugs.
Engine Compression Check the compression.
Engine Valves Check & set clearance at valves.
Cylinder Head Service
Starter Drive Service
Chaincase Replace the fluid.
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Replace the fluid & filter element.
Reservoir
More often in dusty conditions.
250 hours when leaded gasoline is used.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
A
The Preventive Maintenance Section of this Service
Manual gives general maintenance procedures. The
other sections of the Service Manual will give the
detailed description needed for disassembly and
assembly and when replacement parts are needed.
Serial Number Identification

It is important to make correct reference to the Serial
Number of the Bobcat loader and/or engine when
making repairs or ordering parts. It is possible that the
present loaders do not use all the same parts as the
earlier loaders. It is possible that different procedures are
B–6085
used for service repair.
Loader Serial Number B

The Bobcat loader serial number plate location is in the
operator cab area on the right fender and in front of the 440
seat [A].
Explanation of the Serial Number

XXXX M XXXX
Production Sequence (Series)
Factory Use Only B–6213
Model, Engine Version

C
Engine Serial Number
The engine serial number for the 440 Bobcat loader is
443
located on the blower housing at the front side of the
engine [B].
The engine serial number for the 443 Bobcat loader is

located at the front of the engine on the fuel injection
pump housing [C].
B–6183
Delivery Report
The Delivery Report [D] is to be filled out by the dealer
and signed by the power/operator when the Bobcat
D
loader is delivered. An explanation of the form must be
given to the owner. Make sure it is filled out completely.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SERVICE (General)
A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

Stop, cool and clean engine of flammable
material. Never service or adjust loader with
engine running unless instructed to do so in
manual.
W–2061–0887
Open the rear door to service the engine. Pull the latch pin B–9035
(rotate clockwise) on the left side of the rear door [A].
Open the rear door to the right. B
440

Keep the rear door closed when operating the
machine. Failure to do so could seriously
injure a bystander.
W–2020–1285
Air Cleaner Service B–6131
440 – Bobcat Loader

It is important to service the air cleaner cup at regular C
intervals for good engine performance and long service
life. Remove the dust cup [B] every day and clean it. 440
Replace the air filter element every 50 hours of loader
operation or more if the loader is operated in dusty
conditions.
To replace the air cleaner element, use the following
procedure:
NOTE: Contamination can enter the system
whenever the element is removed. DO NOT
use air pressure to clean the air filter housing
or the filter element.
B–6132
Loosen the clamp and remove the dust cup [B].

Remove the wing nut and remove the filter element from
the air cleaner [C].
Clean the inside of the air cleaner housing so that the filter
element has a smooth surface to contact at the seal.
Check the filter housing for holes from corrosion,
especially if the Bobcat loader is used in fertilizer
application.
Install a new filter element [C] and tighten the wing nut.
Install the dust cup [B] and tighten the clamp.
Check to make sure that all the hoses and clamps are
tight.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
ENGINE SERVICE (Cont’d)
A
Air Cleaner Service (Cont’d)
443 Bobcat Loader 443
It is important to service the air cleaner cup at regular

intervals for good engine performance and long service
life. Remove the dust cup [A] every day and clean it.
Replace the air filter element every 50 hours of loader
operation or more often if the loader is operated in dusty
conditions.
To replace the air cleaner element, use the following
procedure:
B–6141
NOTE: Contamination can enter the system

whenever the element is removed. DO NOT B
use pressure to clean the air filter housing or
the filter element. 443B
1
Loosen the clamp and remove the dust cup [A].

Remove the rubber cup (Item 1) [B] and remove the dirt
from the dust cup.
P–0772
Remove the wing nut and remove the filter element from
the air cleaner housing [C].
C
Clean the inside of the air cleaner housing so that the
filter element has a smooth surface to contact at the seal. 443
Check the filter housing for holes from corrosion,
especially if the bobcat loader is used in fertilizer
application.
Install a new filter element [C] and tighten the wing nut.
Install the dust cup [A] and tighten the clamp.
Check to make sure that all the hoses and clamps are
tight.
B–6109
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Fuel System
A
ON OFF
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel.

NO SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can
cause an explosion or fire.
W–2063–0887
B–6099
Use 85 octane unleaded or regular gasoline in the engine
of the 440 Bobcat loader.
Use only clean, high quality fuel. Use number 2 diesel B
fuel above 40°F (4°C) in the engine of the 443 & 443B
Bobcat loaders. During temperatures below 40°F,
number 1 fuel is recommended.
440
3 2 1
NOTE: The fuel gauge and fuel shut–off valve are
located on the right side of the loader [A]. the

fuel filler cap (Item 1 [440] [B]) or (Item 1 [443]
[C]) are located on the left side of the bobcat
loader.
Remove the filler cap (Item 1 [B], [440] or, Item 1 [C]
[443]) to service the fuel tank as follows: B–6100
Use clean, approved safety containers to add the fuel.

C
443
The engine must be STOPPED and cool.
1
Add fuel only in an area that has a free movement of air
and NO open flames or sparks. NO SMOKING [D].
Use only clean fuel of the correct specifications.
Tighten the cap on the fuel tank.
B–6142
Fuel Filter
440 Bobcat Loader WRONG
D
There is a fuel filter (Item 2) [B] in the fuel line by the fuel
tank. The fuel filter must be replaced every 250 hours of
loader operation.
Remove the fuel filter, replace with a new filter, make
sure all the connections are tight.
NOTE: The electrical fuel solenoid (Item 3) [B] is

located by the fuel filter.
B–6108
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Fuel Filter (Cont’d)
A
443, 443B Bobcat Loader 440
There is a fuel filter located on the right hand side of the
engine compartment.
Replace the fuel filter every 250 hours of loader operation.
See Section 7B for the correct replacement procedure.
Engine Lubrication System
Check the oil level each day.
B–6128
To check the oil level, stop the engine. Open the rear door
and remove the dipstick [A] or [B].
NOTE: 443, 443B ONLY – The dipstick may indicate

B
an incorrect level of oil when first removed
because of pressure in the crankcase. 443
Always (1) Remove the dipstick, (2) wipe the
dipstick, (3) insert dipstick again and (4)
recheck the oil level.
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick [C].

DO NOT fill above the top mark. Use a good quality motor
oil that meets API Standard Classification. (See the Chart
Below.)
Replacement of the Engine Oil and Filter
B–6147
440 – Replace engine oil every 25 hours of loader
operation. (S/N 25000 & Above) replace engine oil
every 50 hours of operation.
C
NOTE: Use only straight SAE 30 above 32°F/ (0°C.) in
440 engine.
Keep Oil
Level Between
443 – Replace the engine oil and filter every 100 These Marks
hours of loader operation.
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER

(LUBRICATION OILS FOR ENGINE CRANKCASE)
A–1528
TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE

NEXT OIL CHANGE
(GASOLINE: USE API CLARIFICATION SE or SF)
(DIESEL: USE API CLASSIFICATION CC or CD)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Replacement of the Engine Oil Filter (Cont’d)
A
440 Bobcat Loader
NOTE: Do Not use multi–viscosity oils in gasoline

engine except when ambient temperature is
below 32°F. (0°C.).
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop

the engine and open the rear door.
Remove the drain plug [A].

B–6127
After all the oil is removed from the engine, install the oil
plug and tighten.
B
Remove the oil fill cap [B].

B–6129
Add the correct amount of oil to the engine [C]. (See Oil
Chart for the correct oil.) C
Install the oil fill cap and tighten.
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop the
engine. Check the oil level. Add oil if the level is not at the
top mark on the dipstick.
B–6130
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
443, 443B Bobcat Loader
Operate the engine for about 15 minutes. Stop the engine

and open the rear door.
Remove the oil drain plug (Item 1) [A] from the end of the
hose. Remove all the oil from the engine.
Remove the oil filter (Item 2) [A] with an oil filter wrench. 2
Clean the filter housing surface. Put clean oil on the
gasket of the new filter. Install the filter and tighten the 1
filter by hand only. B–6144
Install the plug in the hose and tighten.
Remove the oil fill cap. B
443
Add the correct amount of oil to the engine [B]. (See the &
Oil Chart for the correct oil.) 443B
Install the oil fill cap and tighten.
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop the

engine. Check for leaks at the filter. Check the oil level.
Add oil if the level is not at the top mark on the dipstick.
B–6148
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Cooling System (440)
A
The loader uprights and the engine cooling fins must be
kept clean and free of debris or over–heating will result.
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when

any of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure. B–6212
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used. B
W–2019–1285
Use air pressure or water spray to clean the loader

uprights [A].
Remove the shrouding on the engine to clean the cooling

fins [B]. Make sure you wear safety goggles when using
air pressure or water spray for cleaning.
B–6210
Use a brush and a scraper tool to remove the hard

C
deposits on the cooling fins [C].
Never run the engine with any of the covers or

air ducts removed. Overheating can damage
the engine and hydraulic/hydrostatic system.
I–2020–1285
B–6211
Use air pressure or water spray to clean the

hydraulic/hydrostatic oil cooler [D].
D
B–6215
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Engine Cooling System (443 & 443B)
The cooling system has a coolant recovery tank. The
location of the tank is on the right upright in the engine
compartment [A].
The coolant recovery tank must be 1/3 full.
PROPYLENE GLYCOL
Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
glycol to the recovery tank if the coolant level is low.
One gallon and one pint of propylene glycol mixed with
one gallon of water is the correct mixture of coolant to B–6150
provide a –34°F (–37°C) freeze protection.
ETHYLENE GLYCOL B
Add premixed coolant, 50% water and 50% ethylene
To remove the coolant from the system, use the following

procedure:

B–6393
Do not remove radiator cap when the engine is
hot. You can be seriously burned.
W–2070–1285
C
Raise the operator cab. (See Page 5–1 for the correct
procedure.)
Open the coolant valve on the front side of the engine

block [B]. Connect a hose to the valve to keep the coolant
from getting into the engine compartment.
Remove the radiator cap [C].

Turn the valve to the off position after all the coolant is
removed from the system.
B–6185
Fill the radiator and install the radiator cap [C].
Fill the coolant recovery tank 1/3 full [A].
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
A
Electrical System Service
Water and
Check the battery cables and make sure they are clean Baking Soda
and tight. Check the water level of the battery. Remove Solution
any acid or corrosion from the battery and cables with a
sodium bicarbonate and water solution [A]. Cover the
battery terminals and cables with grease.
Check the tension of the alternator belt. (See Section 6 for

the correct procedure.)
Check all wires for being broken or open wires.
A–2741
NOTE: The warning lights (on the dash panel) will
come ON (transmission light only on 440)
when the key switch is turned ON. When the
engine is started, the warning lights must go
OFF. If they do not, stop the engine and find
the problem.
Using an Extra Battery (Jump Starting)

Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
away from batteries. When ‘‘jumping’’ from
booster battery make final connection
(negative) at engine frame.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen battery.
Warm battery to 60°F. (16°C.) before connecting
to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting
or disconnecting cables to battery.
Battery gas can explode and cause serious
injury.
W–2066–0490
If it is necessary to use an extra battery to start the

engine, BE CAREFUL! This is a two–person operation.
There must be one person in the operator’s seat and one
person to connect and disconnect the battery cables.
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and

skin on contact. Wear goggles, protective
clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off
body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with
water for several minutes and get medical
attention in case of eye contact.
W–2065–1286
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Cont’d)
A
Using An Extra Battery (Jump Starting) (Cont’d)
440
The ignition must be in the OFF position.
The battery must be 12 volt.
Connect the end of the first cable to the positive terminal
(+) of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the
same cable to the loader battery positive (+) terminal [A]
& [B].
Connect the end of the second cable to the negative
terminal (–) of the booster battery. Connect the other end
of second cable to the engine [A] & [B].
B–9083
Keep the cables away from moving parts.
Start the engine. B
After the engine has started, remove the ground cable
connected to the engine first. 443
&
Remove the cable connected to the loader battery. 443B

away from batteries. When ‘‘jumping’’ from P–0766
(negative) at engine frame.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen battery.
Warm battery to 60°F. (16°C.) before connecting
to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting
or disconnecting cables to battery.
injury.
W–2066–0490
Damage to the alternator can occur if:

• Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a
fast charger or when welding on the loader
(Remove both cables from the battery).
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
I–2023–1285
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Installing a New Battery
NOTE: See Page 6–6 for more information on

removing and replacing batteries.
Remove the negative battery cable from the battery first,

using a cable puller [A]. Remember the position of the
battery cables so you can connect the cables correctly
when installing the battery.
B–3709
Remove the battery hold–down clamps [B] or [C].

Remove the battery from the compartment. B
440

B–6096
C
443
B–6110
Clean the terminal posts and the ends of the battery

cables [D]. D
Install the new battery in the battery compartment.
Install the holddown clamps.
Install the positive battery cable first and tighten. Connect
the negative cable last to prevent sparks.
P–0746 P–0744
440, 443 & 443B Loader

SPARK ARRESTOR MUFFLER
The spark arrestor muffler must be cleaned every 100
A
hours of loader operation.
440
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool

before cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety
goggles. Failure to obey can cause serious
injury.
W–2011–1285
B–6101
Open the rear door.
Remove the plug at the bottom of the muffler [A] or [B]. B

443

Never use machine in atmosphere with
explosive dust or gases or where exhaust can
contact flammable material. Failure to obey
warnings can cause injury or death.
W–2068–1285
B–6146
Hold a block of wood over the outlet of the muffler.

Start the engine and run at high idle for 10 seconds.
Stop the engine and install the plug.
Close the rear door.
This loader is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.

Forestry Service approved spark arrestor
muffler. It is necessary to do maintenance on
this spark arrestor muffler to keep it in working
condition. The spark arrestor muffler must be
serviced by dumping the spark chamber every
100 hours of operation.
If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
brush or grass covered land, it must be
equipped with a spark arrestor attached to the
exhaust system and maintained in working
order. Failure to do so will be in violation of
California State Law, Section 4442 PRC.
Make reference to local laws and regulations for
spark arrestor requirements.
I–2022–1285
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
The hydraulic system must be approached with great
A
care. Hydraulic pressure can drive hydraulic fluid through
the skin. Never check for leaks in a hydraulic system with
your bare hands. Use a piece of wood or piece of
cardboard [A].
If the skin is penetrated by a fluid under pressure, consult
a qualified medical service.
B–6596
• When fluids are under pressure.
B
• Tools are being used.
W–2019–1285

NOTE: For more information on the Hydraulic
System, see Section 2 and for more
information on the Hydrostatic System, see
Section 3 of this Service Manual.
Replacing the Hydraulic Filter Element B–6102
The tool listed will be needed to do the following

procedure: C
MEL1183 Filter Wrench
Replace the hydraulic filter element every 100 hours of
loader operation or as needed.
To replace the filter element, use the following procedure:

Stop the engine. Raise the operator cable. (See Page 5–1
for the correct procedure.)
Clean the area around the filter housing [B].

The plug is located on the outside of the loader on the right B–6104
side. Remove the plug from the filter housing [C]. This
plug is removed so the fluid will drain from the filter
element.
Remove the filter element with a filter wrench.
Clean the surface of the filter housing head where the
filter element seal contacts the filter housing. Install the
plug [C].
Install the filter element and hand tighten only.
Check the fluid reservoir and add fluid as needed.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (Cont’d)
Checking & Adding Hydraulic Fluid
A
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic/hydrostatic 440
system. (See Specifications Page 8–25 for the correct
fluid.)
Put the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms and
tilt the Bob–Tach fully backward. Stop the engine.
Open the rear door. Remove the dipstick at the reservoir

full tube [A] or [B].
B–6125
NOTE: Always (1) remove the dipstick, (2) wipe the
dipstick, (3) insert the dipstick again and (4)
then recheck the fluid level. B
443

B–6145
If the fluid level is not at the top mark, add the correct fluid
[C] or [D] to the reservoir until the fluid is at the top mark
C
on the dipstick. Install the dipstick.
440
B–6126
D
443
B–6149
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (Cont’d)
Removing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Fluid
A
The hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid must be replaced every
1000 hours of loader operation. Replace the
hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid more often if it becomes dirty
or after any major repairs.
Open the rear door. Remove the fill cap/dipstick from the
reservoir fill tube [A].
Remove the nut which fastens the reservoir fill tube to the
loader frame.
B–6125 B–6145
Loosen the hose clamp and turn the fill tube down to drain
the fluid from the reservoir [B]. B
After the fluid is removed put the fill tube in the correct
position, tighten the hose clamp and hold down nut.
procedure.)

P–0785
Remove the hydraulic filter element and install a new filter

element [C]. C
Add hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid to the reservoir. (See Page
1–18.) DO NOT fill above the top mark on the dipstick.
Lower the operator cab. (See Page 5–1 for the correct
procedure.)
Operate the loader through all the functions and then
check the fluid level again.
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)

B–6102
The chaincase is filled with the same type of fluid as the
hydraulic/hydrostatic system for the chain lubrication.
(See Page 8–1 for the correct fluid.) 440 443
D
Checking/Adding Chaincase Fluid
Put the Bobcat loader on a level surface. Stop the engine

and lower the lift arms.
Remove the plug at the front of the chaincase housing

[D].
Add fluid through the check plug hole until the fluid flows
from the check plug hole.
Install the plug and tighten.
B–6105 B–6187
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TIRE MAINTENANCE
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and correct
A
tire pressure. (See Page 8–4 for the correct tire pressure.)
Tire Rotation
When two tires become worn more than the other two
tires, put the two worn tires on the same side of the loader.
To keep tire wear even, rotate the front tires to the rear
and the rear tires to the front [A].
Tires must be the same size and pressure for the best
handling of the loader. If the tires are worn different
amounts the loader durability is improved by matching
pairs of tires on each side of the loader. C–1965R
Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid

loss of stability and handling capability. Tire pressure
must be checked regularly. The operating pressure is
listed under the loader specifications for the
recommended tire size. Tires are sometimes inflated
above or below operating pressure for shipping, check for
the correct pressure before operating the loader.
If the tires are changed on the rims, it is important during
mounting to avoid excess pressure which can cause

rupture of the tire and serious personal injury. During
inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure frequently with
a pressure gauge to avoid over inflation.
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure.

Failure to use correct tire mounting procedure
can cause an explosion which can result in
injury or death. W–2078–1285
Before tire is mounted, the rim must be clean and free of

rust. The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with
a rubber lubricant before mounting the tire on the rim to
avoid damage to the tire and rim.
Wheel Nuts
Check the wheel nuts for correct tightness every 8 hours
curing the first 20 hours of loader operation and every 50
hours after that. The correct torque is 40–45 ft.–lbs.
(54–61 Nm) torque.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LUBRICATION OF THE LOADER
Lubricate the Bobcat loader as specified in the Service
A
Schedule on Page 1–4 for the best performance of the
loader. See Figure [A] for the location of the grease
fittings.
Always use a good quality lithium based multi–purpose
grease when you lubricate the Bobcat loader.
Apply lubrication until extra grease shows.
Lubricate the seat rails for easy movement when
adjusting the seat.
NOTE: Raise the operator cab to lubricate some of

the grease fittings. (See Page 5–1 for the
correct procedure.)

6561387
Lubricate the pivot bearings every 500 hours of loader

operation [B]. Add oil as needed to the steering control B
shaft [C].
B–6204 B–6203
B–6205
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS &
FOPS) A EARLY MODELS
Operator Cab
The Bobcat loader has an operator cab as standard
equipment. The operator cab protects the operator from
roll over and falling objects.
Never modify operator cab by welding, 6565933

grinding, drilling holes or adding attachments
unless instructed to do so by Melroe Company.
Changes to the cab can cause loss of operator
protection from rollover and falling objects, B CURRENT MODELS
and result in injury or death.
W–2069–1285
Stop the loader on a level surface.

Lower the lift arms fully.
Stop the engine and engage the brake.
Put jackstands under the rear of the loader.
Remove the two fasteners at the front corners of the MC–1973
operator cab [A] or [B].
NOTE: See Raising the Operator Cab Page 5–1.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TRANSPORTING THE BOBCAT LOADER
Loading the Bobcat Loader
A
Metal ramps are available to be used to load the Bobcat
loader onto a transport vehicle.
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient

strength are needed to support the weight of B–6198
the machine when loading onto a transport
vehicle. Wood ramps can break and cause
personal injury.
W–2058–0494 B
440
A loader with empty bucket or no attachment must be
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [A].
Fastening the Loader to the Transport Vehicle

Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor and stop the
engine.
Engage the parking brake.

B–6200
Install the chains to hold the Bobcat loader in position to
prevent it from moving during sudden stops or when going
up or down slopes. C
Put a chain through the front axle gusset and fasten the
Bobcat loader to the transport vehicle [B] & [C]. 443
B–6184
Fasten the chains on the rear axle gussets on the loader

and to the transport vehicle [D].
D
B–13842
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE
440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–PreventiveMaintenanceSection
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up

unless the lift arms are secured by a lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift
arm support device can allow the lift arms or
attachment to fall and cause injury or death.
W–2059–0991
B–6202
Installing the Lift Arm Support Device
Two persons are needed to install or remove the lift arm

support device. One person must be in the operator seat,
with the seat belt fastened and the seat bar lowered until
the lift arm is installed.
Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.

Have the second person install the lift arm support device
over the rod of one of the lift cylinders [A].
Make sure the lift arm support device is tight against the
cylinder rod. Lower the lift arms until the support device
is held between the lift arms and the cylinder.
Stop the engine.
STOPPING THE BOBCAT LOADER

When you are stopping and leaving the Bobcat loader,
use the following procedure:
Stop the Bobcat loader on level ground.
Lower the lift arms all the way down and put the edge of
the bucket on the ground.
Pull the engine speed control all the way backward to
decrease the engine RPM. Turn the key switch to the OFF
position.
NOTE: On the 443 pull the stop control fully out to

stop the engine.
Engage the parking brake. Lift the seat bar. Move the
pedals up and down until locked. Disconnect the seat belt.
Make sure the hydraulic controls are in the locked position
when the seat bar is raised.
Remove the key from the switch to prevent operation of
the Bobcat loader by unauthorized personnel.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Page
Number
CONTROL PEDAL, LINKAGE & LOCKS
Installing the Control Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–41
Pedal Lock Linkage (Removal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–42
Pedal Lock Linkage (Installation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–43
Removing the Control Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–40
LIFT CYLINDER
Checking the Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–27
Installation of the Lift Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–28
Removing the Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–27
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5
Assembly of the Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–14
Disassembly of the Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–10
Inspection of the Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–14
Installing the Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–17
Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5
Removal of the Hydraulic Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER REPAIR

Assembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–33

Disassembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–31
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC RESERVOIR
Installing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–39
Removing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–38
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Assembly of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–24
Checking Output of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–19
Disassembly of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–22
Inspection of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–24
Installation of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–25
Removal of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–20
Start Up Procedure of the Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–26
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION
37° Flare Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
Straight Thread O–Ring Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
Tubelines and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
SEAT BAR SYSTEM

Seat Bar Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–44
Seat Bar Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–44
TILT CYLINDER
Checking the Tilt Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–29
Installing the Tilt Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–30
Removing the Tilt Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–29
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

37 of 340
38 of 340
39 of 340
40 of 340
41 of 340
42 of 340
43 of 340
44 of 340
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are
most common. Many of the recommended procedures
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel Check for correct function after adjustments,
only. repairs or service. Failure to make correct
repairs or adjustments can cause injury or
death.
W–2004–1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
The hydraulic system will not operate. 1, 2, 3 4

Slow hydraulic system action. 1, 3, 5, 7, 8
Hydraulic action is not smooth. 1, 5, 7, 8, 9
Lift arms go up slowly at full engine RPM. 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12

The lift arms or Bob–Tach will move with the pedal in neutral position. 6, 11

The lift arms come down slowly with the pedal in the neutral position. 6, 11, 12, 13
KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE
1. The fluid level is not correct.

2. The pedal linkage is disconnected.
3. The hydraulic pump is not working correctly.
4. The relief valve is not working correctly.

5. The pedal linkage is not adjusted correctly.
6. The pedal lock linkage is not adjusted correctly.
7. Relief valve is not at the correct pressure.

8. Suction leak on the inlet side of the hydraulic pump.
9. Fluid is cold.
10. Using the loader for more than its rated capacity.
11. Spool in the valve section is not centering or the centering spring is broken.
12. Internal leak at the lift cylinder(s).

13. External leak at the lift cylinder(s).
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A Mark a Line on Nut
Flats of Both Nuts
When making repairs on hydrostatic and Tighten to Correct

hydraulic systems, clean the work area before Amount from Chart
disassembly and keep all parts clean. Always
use caps and plugs on hoses, tubelines and
ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly damage
the system.
I–2003–0284
A–1897
37° Flare Connections

Use the following procedure to tighten the flare fittings: B
Tighten the nut until it makes contact with the seat.
Nut Nut
Make a mark across the flats of both the male and female
parts of the connection [A]. Washer
Washer
Use the chart below to find the correct tightness needed. O–ring
O–ring

WRENCH TUBE SIZE NO. OF
SIZE OUTSIDE DIAMETER THREAD SIZE HEX FLATS
5/8’’ 5/16’’ 1/2 – 20 2–1/2

11/16’’ 3/8’’ 9/16 – 18 2 A–1852
7/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4 – 16 2
1’’ 5/8’’ 7/8 – 14 1–1/2 – 2
1–1/4’’ 3/4’’ 1–1/16 – 12 1
1–3/8’’ 1’’ 1–5/16 – 12 3/4 – 1

2’’ 1–1/4’’ 1–5/8 – 12 3/4 – 1
2–1/4’’ 1–1/2’’ 1–7/8 – 12 1/2 – 3/4
If the fitting leaks after tightening, disconnect it and

inspect the seat area for damage. Replace as needed.
Straight Thread O–Ring Fitting
When installing this fitting, the O–ring must be first
lubricated with grease. Loosen the jam nut, turn the fitting
into place and connect the tubeline, then tighten the jam
nut.
Tighten the jam nut until it and the washer are tight against
the surface [B]. The O–ring must be pushed into the
space as shown.
Tubelines and Hoses
Replace tubelines which are bent or have become plat.
There will be a restriction of fluid flow, which will make for
slow hydraulic action and cause heat. Replace hoses
which show signs of wear, damage or weather cracked
rubber.
Installing tubelines or hoses, make sure you use two
wrenches when tightening them.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
When making repairs on hydrostatic and

hydraulic systems, clean the work area before
the system.
I–2003–0284
Wear in the control valve or spools will cause the

hydraulic cylinders to move when the controls are in the
neutral position. Wear can also cause loss of hydraulic
power.
To find an internal leak in the control valve, first check the
condition of the cylinders. If the lift arm or tilt cylinder still
move or extend after the cylinders are checked to be
good, then check the control valve for the following:

Spool not centering in the valve section when the pedal
is released. The spring can be broken, also check the
pedal linkage and adjust it so it will keep the spool in the
neutral position.
Check for leaks in the valve because of wear or cranked
valve body.
Relief Valve

W–2059–0991
The tools listed will be needed to do the following

procedure:
ME1003 Hydraulic Tester
MEL1006 Hydraulic Test Kit
Check the Relief Valve

Operate the loader until the fluid is at operating
temperature. Put jackstands under the front axles and rear
corners of the frame before running the engine
Stop the engine. for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow
the machine to fall or move and cause injury or
death.
NOTE: The Auxiliary Hydraulics are Optional on this W–2017–0286
Model loader. Use one of the two (2) methods
listed for checking the relief valve pressure.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (Cont’d)
Relief Valve (Cont’d)
A
3
Checking relief valve pressure without auxiliary 2
hydraulics, use the following procedure:
Raise the operator cab. (See Page 5–1 for the correct 1
procedure.)
Put the auxiliary spool (on the control valve) (Item 1) [A]
into the ‘‘detent’’ position.
Connect the IN hose from the tester to the front port on
the auxiliary section (Item 2) [A].
Connect the OUT hose from the tester to the rear port on B–6428
the auxiliary section (Item 3) [A].
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open

position before you start the engine.

I–2024–0284
NOTE: Make sure the fluid is at operating

temperature.
B–6429
Start the engine and run at idle RPM.
Watch the flow on the hydraulic tester. Increase the
engine RPM to maximum.
Turn the restrictor control on the tester to increase the
pressure. Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must
be 1435 – 1495 PSI (9894 – 10308 kPa).
Checking Relief Valve pressure using the quick

couplers:
Connect the tester to the quick couplers [B].
Start the engine and run at idle RPM.
Activate the auxiliary hydraulic control (Right steering
lever) to put pressure into the hydraulic tester (inlet port).
Watch the flow on the hydraulic tester. Increase the
engine RPM to maximum.
Turn the restrictor control on the tester to increase the
pressure.
Read the pressure on the gauge. The pressure must be
1435 – 1495 PSI (9894 – 10308 kPa).
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A 4.00”
Relief Valve (Cont’d)
(102 mm)
Adjusting the Relief Valve:
Stop the engine. Raise the operator cab if it is not in the
raised position.
1.75”
Clean the area around the control valve. (44 mm)
NOTE: To make the relief valve adjustment easier, 9/16”

bend a wrench as shown in figure [A]. Open End
1.62”
(41 mm) B–8151
Remove the cap from the relief valve.

B
Adjust the relief valve, turn clockwise to increase
pressure [B]. Turn counterclockwise to decrease the
pressure.
Check the hydraulic pressure again using the above
procedure. If the pressure is not correct, adjust the relief
valve until the pressure is correct.

Install and tighten the cap on the relief valve.
procedure.)
B–7540
Loosen the relief valve [C].

C
B–6430
Remove the relief valve from the control valve [D].

Install a new O–ring on the relief valve.
D
Install the relief valve [D] and tighten [C].
B–6431
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Removal of the Hydraulic Control Valve
Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for

service, jackstands must be put under the rear
corners of the frame. Failure to use jackstands
may allow the machine to tip backward causing
injury or death.
W–2014–1285 B–6433
Stop the engine. B

Activate all the hydraulic controls to release the hydraulic
pressure.
procedure.)
Clean the area around the control valve. Always install

caps or plugs when removing hoses or tubelines.
Remove the front panel for the steering levers. (See
Page 3–1 for the correct procedure.)
Remove the steering levers and linkage.
B–6434
Remove the hoses and the oil cooler by–pass valve [A].
Remove the charge pressure hose from the port block

C
[B].
Remove all the tubelines from the top of the control valve
[C] & [D].
B–6435
B–6436
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removal of the Hydraulic Control Valve (Cont’d)
A
Remove the inlet hose from the control valve [A].
B–6437
Disconnect the lift and tilt linkage from the control valve
[B].
B
If so equipped, disconnect the auxiliary linkage cable
from the control valve [B].

B–6438 B–6439
Remove the mounting bolts (two) from the control valve

[C].
C
B–6440
Slide the control valve forward and remove it from the

loader [D]. D
B–6441
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Disassembly of the Control Valve
A
1

the system. B–5833
I–2003–0284
B
To disassemble the hydraulic control valve, use the
following procedure: Al – Lift Cylinder, Rod End D1 – Lift Spool
A2 – Tilt Cylinder, Base End D2 – Tilt Spool
Mark each section and spool of the control valve so that A3 – Auxiliary Coupler D3 – Auxiliary Spool
each spool can be returned to its original bore during B1 – Lift Cylinder, Base End E2 – Anti–Cav. Valve
assembly. B2 – Tilt Cylinder, Rod End F1 – Relief Valve
B3 – Auxiliary Coupler F2 – Plug
Put the control valve on a work bench and install bolts C1 – Lift Load Check G1 – Lift Detent

through the valve and bench for easier disassembly. C2 – Tilt Load Check G2 – Tilt Centering Spring
C3 – Auxiliary Load Check G3 – Auxiliary Detent
Remove the loader check valves (Item 1) [A] from the F2
three center ports (Items C1, C2 & C3) [B] in the top F1
section of the control valve.
G1 G2 G3
Remove the anti–cavitation valve [C] from the center
port (Item E2) [B]. Remove the O–rings and back–up
washers from the anti–cavitation valve.
Inlet
Outlet
E1 E3
E2
D1 D2 D3
B–6283
1. Anti–Cavitation
C 2. O–Ring
3. Back–Up Washer
4. O–ring
1 2 3 4
E–1446
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (Cont’d) 1. Plug
Disassembly of the Control Valve (Cont’d)
A 2. O–ring
3. Back–up Washer
4. O–ring
Remove the plug [A] from the other end center port (Item
F2 [B] Page 2–10).
Remove the O–rings and back–up washer from the plug.
1 2 3 4
E–1446
Remove the relief valve [B] from the the control valve
(Item F1 [B], Page 2–10). B

B–6444 B–6287
Loosen the bolts which fasten the rubber boots to the

lower section of the control valve [C].
C
B–6445
Remove the bolts (Item 1) [D], rubber boots (Item 2) [D], D *Earlier Models Only
boot retainer (Item 3) [D] and filter (Item 4) [D] from each
of the three valve spools (Items D1, D2 & D3) [B] Page 4
3
2–10). 2
1 B–5804
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Using an O–ring tool, remove the O–rings from each of
the three spools [A].
B–6446
Remove the detent snap ring on the lift section end cap
and washer [B]. B

B–6447
Remove the bolts which fasten the detent cap to the

control valve [C].
C
Remove the detent cap from the lift spool.
The detent assembly has small springs and

balls. Do not loose these parts during
disassembly and assembly.
I–2012–0284
B–6448
Remove the detent sleeve. Remove the balls and spring

form the detent adapter [D]. D
B–6449
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Using an allen wrench, remove the adapter which holds
the centering spring to the lift spool [A].
B–6450
B
balls. Do not loose these parts during
I–2012–0284
Remove the back–up washer and the O–ring [B].

Remove the spool from the control valve.
B–6451
Avoid damage to the machined surfaces of

spools. Spool damage can affect smooth C
operation or cause internal leakage.
I–2013–0284
Remove the bolts from the end cap at the tilt spool (Item
1) [C].
Remove the end cap.
Using an allen wrench, remove the bolt which holds the
centering spring to the tilt spool (Item 2) [C].
1 2
B–6286 B–6285
D
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Tools are being used.
W–2019–1285
Remove the bolt, spring, back–up washer and O–ring [D].

Remove the tilt spool from the control valve.
Repeat the procedure for auxiliary section, detent and
spool. B–6284
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Inspection of the Control Valve
A
Check the spools for scratches or wear.
Check that the spools are not loose in their bores. If they
are loose there may be damage or wear to the control
valve block.
Check that the centering springs are not broken.
Check that the load check seats are not worn.
Check that the load check poppets are not worn.
Check that the rubber boots, boot retainers and filters B–9291
are not worn.
Replace any parts that are worn or broken. B
Assembly of the Control Valve
The tool listed below will be needed for the following
procedure:

MEL1278 – Detent Tool
Put the detent holder in the vise. Install the detent spring
[A].
Put grease on the detent tool jaws.
B–9293
Put the balls in the jaws on the detent tool.
Hold the balls in position with the detent tool. Install the
spring end cap over the detent adapter [B]. C
Put the plastic plug in the lift spool only [C].
Install the replacement stud in the spool until there is
.600’’ extending out of the spool [C].
0.60’’
Plastic
Plug
B–9973 B–9974
Install the centering spring and the other spring end cap
on the adapter. Install the adapter on the spool [D]. D 1.
2.
Spring End Cap
Centering Spring
5.
6.
Plastic Plug
Detent Adapter
3. Spring End Cap 7. Detent Sleeve
Tighten the adapter to 90–100 in.–lbs. (10–11 Nm) 4. Stud 8. End Cap
torque [C].
Early Model 4
2 5 7
4 3 6
8
E–1446
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of the Control Valve (Cont’d)
A
Install the detent spring in the detent adapter [A].
Put grease on the jaws of the detent tool.
Put the balls in the jaws of the detent tool.
B–9298
Hold the balls in position and install the detent adapter

sleeve [B]. B
NOTE: The bore in the lift detent sleeve (Item 1) is
1.163’’ (29,5 mm) deep. Auxiliary detent
sleeve is 1.062’’ (41,1 mm).
Remove the spool from the vise. Put oil on the spool.

Carefully install the spool in the auxiliary section of the
control valve.
Install the detent end cap.
Install the bolts. Tighten the bolts to 90–100 in.–lbs.
(10–11 Nm) torque. B–9297
Install the washer and snap ring on the detent sleeve [C]. C
B–6447
Put oil on the O–ring (Item 1) [D]. Install the O–ring on

the tilt spool.
D
Put oil on the tilt spool. Carefully install it in the tilt section
of the control valve. 2 3 5
1 4 6 7
Install the back–up washer, end cap, centering spring,
end cap and adapter (Items 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6) [D].
Use tool number MEL1285 to install the centering spring.
Put LocTite on the bolt (Item 7) [D]. Install and tighten the
bolt to 90–100 in.–lbs. (10–11 Nm) torque.
E–1446
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of the Control Valve (Cont’d)
A
Install the end cap.
Install the end cap bolts. Tighten the bolts to 90–100
in.–lbs. (10–11 Nm) torque.
Repeat steps 1 thru 16 to install the detent assembly and
the lift spool in the control valve.
Install the O–ring, filter, boot, boot retainer on each of the
three spools [A].
Install the bolts for the boot retainers. Tighten the bolts to
90–100 in.–lbs. (10–11 Nm) torque on each of the three B–5804
spools. Check all three spools for correct function and
detent.
Install the main relief valve. Tighten to 50–60 ft.–lbs. B
Al – Lift Cylinder, Rod End D1 – Lift Spool
Install the plug, with new O–rings and back–up washers, A2 – Tilt Cylinder, Base End D2 – Tilt Spool
A3 – Auxiliary Coupler D3 – Auxiliary Spool
into the tilt section port (Item F2, [B] Page 2–10). B1 – Lift Cylinder, Base End E2 – Anti–Cav. Valve
B2 – Tilt Cylinder, Rod End F1 – Relief Valve
Tighten the plug to 50–60 ft.–lbs. (68–81 Nm) torque. B3 – Auxiliary Coupler F2 – Plug
C1 – Lift Load Check G1 – Lift Detent

Install the anti–cavitation valve, with new O–rings and C2 – Tilt Load Check G2 – Tilt Centering Spring
back–up washers, into the tilt section port (Item E2) [B]. C3 – Auxiliary Load Check G3 – Auxiliary Detent
F2
Tighten the anti–cavitation valve to 50–60 ft.–lbs. (68–81 F1
Nm) torque.
Install the load check valves into the top section of the
control valve (Items C1, C2 & C3) [B], Page 2–10). Use G1 G2 G3
new O–rings and back–up washers.
Tighten the load check valve to 50–60 ft.–lbs. (68–81 Nm)
torque. Inlet
Outlet
E1 E3
E2
D1 D2 D3
B–6283
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Control Valve
A
Install the control valve in the loader [A].
B–6441
Install the mounting bolts (two) [B]. Tighten the bolts to

180–200 in.–lbs. (21–23 Nm) torque. B

B–6440
If so equipped, connect the auxiliary linkage cable to the

control valve [C].
C
B–6439
Connect the lift and tilt linkage [D].

D
B–6438
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installation of the Control Valve (Cont’d)
A
Connect the inlet hose to the control valve [A].
B–6437
Connect and tighten all the tubelines on the top of the

control valve [B]. B

Connect and tighten the charge pressure hose at the port
block [C].
B–6436
Install the oil cooler tubeline at the by–pass valve [D].

C
Install the steering levers. (See Page 3–1 for the correct
procedure.)
Install the front panel for the steering levers.
procedure.)
Operate the loader through the hydraulic functions. Stop
the engine. Check for leaks.
B–6434
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure

D
can penetrate skin or eyes causing serious
injury. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be
visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to
find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear
safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get
immediate medical attention.
W–2074–1285
Check/add fluid as needed to the reservoir. (See Section

8 for the correct fluid.)
Remove the jackstands from under the loader frame.
B–6433
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC PUMP
A 2
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear

for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow
death.
W–2017–0286
B–6459
B
Do not turn the flow control valve (on tester) all
the way off. If you do, there will not be a relief
valve in the system.
I–2025–0284

Checking Output of the Hydraulic Pump
This test will determine the acceptable flow of the
hydraulic pump. A hydraulic tester is required that will
measure flow, temperature and pressure.
B–6545
NOTE: Be sure that all air is removed from the
system before beginning the test. Air in the
system can give an inaccurate test. C
1
Raise the operator cab. (Page 5–1 for the correct
procedure.) To Inlet
of Tester
Remove the hose between the outlet of the hydraulic
pump and the inlet of the hydraulic control valve (Item 1)
[A] & [B]. 2
To Outlet
Connect the inlet of the tester to the outlet of the of Tester
hydraulic pump (Item 1) [C].
Connect the outlet of the tester to the inlet of the
hydraulic control valve (Item 2) [C].
B–6458
NOTE: Be sure that the restrictor valve on the tester
is fully open.
Start the engine and run at low RPM. Be sure that the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses may be connected backwards.
Increase the engine to full RPM.
Warm the hydraulic oil to 140°F (60°C) by turning the
restrictor knob on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895
kPa). Do not exceed the system relief pressure.*
B–6457
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC PUMP (Cont’d)
Checking Output of the Hydraulic Pump (Cont’d)
A
Open the restrictor on the tester and record the free flow
(GPM) at full RPM.
Disconnect any attachment form the auxiliary quick
couplers and operate the auxiliary control lever. Record
the high pressure (PSI) and the flow (GPM) at full
throttle*. 1
The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow.
HIGH PRESSURE PLOW (GPM)

%= X 100 B–6459
FREE FLOW (GPM)
A low percentage may indicate a failed hydraulic pump, B L.H.

or it may be caused by air in the hydraulic system. Be sure
that all air is removed from the system.
NOTE: Refer to the Technical Service Guide or

Service Manual for system relief pressure
and RPM specifications for the model Bobcat
being tested. The system relief pressure

must be per specification before test is run.
Removal of the Hydraulic Pump
B–6460
C R.H.

the system.
I–2003–0284
Remove the hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid from the reservoir.

(See Page 1–1 for the correct procedure.)
Remove the battery from the loader. (See Page 6–1 for B–6461
Remove the suction hose at the bottom of the hydraulic
pump.
NOTE: On the 443 loader a crowfoot wrench and

long extension will be needed to remove the
suction hose.
procedure.)
Remove the pressure hose at the top of the hydraulic
pump (Item 1) [A].
Remove the mounting bolts from the hydrostatic pump
(both sides) [B] & [C].
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A R. H.
Removal of the Hydraulic Pump (Cont’d)
Remove the right side rubber mounting bushing [A].
Install the right side mounting bolt. Tighten the bolt to pull
the hydrostatic pump assembly to the right for clearance
at the hydraulic pump.
B–6462
Remove the hydraulic pump mounting bolts [B].

B

B–6463
Remove the hydraulic/hydrostatic mounting bracket [C]

C
B–6474
Remove the hydraulic pump and coupler from the

hydrostatic pump [D]. D
B–6475
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Disassembly of the Hydraulic Pump
Put the pump in a vise.
Put a mark across the housing of the pump for correct
assembly [A].
B–5937
Loosen and remove the four bolts on the pump [B].

B

B–5933
Remove the pump from the vise. Hold the pump from the
vise. Hold the pump in both hands and hit the shaft
against a block of wood to separate the pump housing
C
[C].
B–5940
Remove the housing form the end of the pump [D]. D
B–5945
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Disassembly of the Hydraulic Pump (Cont’d)
Remove the pump gears [A].
B–5946
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) [B].

Remove the gasket and diaphragm seal from the pump
B 1
housing [B].

2
B–5947
Remove the spring and steel ball from the pump housing
[C].
C
NOTE: Make sure to mark the port where the spring

and ball are removed.
B–5950
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Inspection of the Hydraulic Pump
Clean and dry all the parts.
Inspect the drive gears [A]
Inspect both drive gear and idler gear shafts at the
bearing points and seal area for rough surface and wear.
Check the face of the gears for wear.
Check for wear on the face of the wear plate. If the wear
is more than 0.0015’’ (0,038 mm) from one side to the
other, the place must be replaced.
B–4426
Check the housing in the gear area for wear.
Assembly of the Hydraulic Pump

balls. Do not lose these parts during
I–2012–0284
Put the spring and steel ball in the port that was marked
on disassembly. (See Page 2–23.)
Install the wear plate and diaphragm seal in the housing
(Items 1 & 2) [B]. (See Page 2–23.)
Install the pump gears. (See Page 2–23.)
Install the end housing on the pump ([D] Page 2–22).
Install the four bolts and tighten to 25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38
Nm) torque.
Put oil in the port of the pump, use a grip pliers to rotate
the pump shaft. The pump will have some resistance but
will turn freely.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–HydraulicSystemSectionPart1of2
A
Installation of the Hydraulic Pump
Install the hydraulic pump and coupler into the
hydrostatic pump housing.
Install the hydrostatic pump mount bracket, washer and
the hydraulic pump mount bolts [A]. Tighten the bolts to
27–31 ft.–lbs. (36–42 Nm) torque.
B–6474
Remove the right side mounting bolt. Install the washer

& rubber bushing [B]. B

B–6462
Install the hydrostatic pump mounting bolts and tighten

[C] & [D]. C R.H.
Connect the pressure hose (top) and the suction hose

(bottom) and tighten.
Install the battery. (See Page 6–1 for the correct
procedure.)
Add fluid to the hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir. (See
Section 8 for the correct fluid.)
procedure.)
Go to Page 5–1 for the correct start up procedure.
B–6461
D L.H.
B–6460
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Start Up Procedure for the Hydraulic Pump

death.
W–2017–0286
Put jackstands under the loader frame.

Start the engine and run it at half RPM with no hydraulics
engaged for several minutes.
Operate the hydraulic control valve to build up pressure
(against relief valve press) at 3 second intervals for
several minutes.

Increase the engine speed to full RPM and repeat step
2.
Slow the engine idle RPM and stop the engine.
Check for leaks.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LIFT CYLINDER
A
Checking the Lift Cylinders
NOTE: The maximum cylinder drift allowed is 1.3’’

(33 mm) in 10 minutes with no bucket or
attachment.
Lower the lift arms all the way down. Stop the engine.
Activate all the hydraulic controls to release the hydraulic
pressure.
To remove the lift cylinder use the following procedure:
Pull the lift cylinder forward until the hydraulic hose can B–6324
be disconnected.
Disconnect the hose from the cylinder which goes to the
base end of the lift cylinder [A]. Install a plug in the hose.
B
Start the engine. Push the top of the lift pedal.
If there is fluid leakage from the cylinder port, remove the
cylinder and make repairs as needed. (See Page 2–31

Repeat the procedure to check the other lift cylinder.
Removing the Lift Cylinder

Lower the lift arms all the way down. Stop the engine.
Activate all the hydraulic controls to release the hydraulic B–6325
pressure.
Open the rear door.
C
Remove the retainer plate and bolts from the lift cylinder
pivot pin.
Use a slide hammer and pull the pivot pin from the base
end of the cylinder [B].
Remove the retainer plate and bolt from the rod end of
the cylinder [C].
B–6326
Install jackstands under the rear of the loader. Put the lift
pedal in the ‘‘float’’ position. Use a jack and raise the lift
arms just far enough so the rod end of the cylinder will D
clear the lift arm [D].
B–6327
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LIFT CYLINDERS (Cont’d)
Removing the Lift Cylinders (Cont’d)
A
Using a punch and hammer remove the rod end pin [A].
B–6328
Pull the cylinder forward and disconnect the hydraulic

hoses [B]. B
NOTE: See Page 2–31 for repair of the lift cylinder.
Installation of the Lift Cylinder

Install the lift cylinder in the loader frame [B].
B–6329
Connect the tighten the hydraulic hoses [C].

C
B–6324
Install the rod end pin and base end pin. Install the
retainer plates and bolts [D].
D
Remove the jack from under the lift arms.
Close the rear door. Start the engine and operate the lift
arms. Stop the engine and check for leaks.
B–6326
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TILT CYLINDER
Checking the Tilt Cylinder
A
Remove the bucket or attachment, roll the Bob–Tach
fully forward and stop the engine. Activate the hydraulic
controls to release the hydraulic pressure.

corners of the frame before running the engine B–6330
death.
W–2017–0286 B

Disconnect the hose that goes to the rod end of the tilt
cylinder [A].

Start the engine. Push the top (toe) of the tilt pedal.
If there is leakage from the fitting, remove the tilt cylinder
for repair. (See Page 2–31.)
If there is no leakage, connect the hose and tighten.
B–6331
Removing the Tilt Cylinder

C
Stop the engine. Activate all the hydraulic controls to
release the hydraulic pressure.
Remove the retainer plate and bolt from the rod end pin
of the tilt cylinder [B].
Using a punch and hammer, remove the rod end pin [C].
B–6332
Remove the retainer plate and bolt from the base end pin D
of the tilt cylinder [D].
B–6333
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TILT CYLINDER (Cont’d)
Removing the Tilt Cylinder (Cont’d)
A
Using a punch and hammer, remove the base end pin
from the tilt cylinder [A].
NOTE: Make sure to support the tilt cylinder when

removing the tilt cylinder so it will not fall on
the floor.
Remove the tilt cylinder from the lift arms.
Installing the Tilt Cylinder B–6334
Install the tilt cylinder in the lift arms. Install the base end
pin.
Install the retainer plate and bolt.
Connect and tighten the hydraulic hoses. (See Page
2–29.)
Install the rod end of the tilt cylinder in the Bob–Tach
frame.

Install the rod end pin. Install the retainer plate and bolt.
(See Page 2–29.)
Start the engine. Operate the tilt cylinder. Check for leaks.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC CYLINDER REPAIR
Disassembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder
A
NOTE: The following procedure can be used for

both the lift and tilt cylinders. The tools listed
will be either the tilt or the lift cylinder.

procedure:
MEL1075 Gland Nut Wrench
MEL1076 Cylinder Wrench
B–5025
NOTE: The photos in the figures may not be exactly
the same as the cylinder you are working on.
B
Put the base end of the cylinder in a drain pan and move
the rod in and out to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
Put the base end of the cylinder in the vise.
Remove the end cap from the cylinder with the special
tool [A].

Remove the rod with the end cap and piston from the
cylinder barrel [B].
Remove the cylinder housing from the vise.
B–3665
Put the rod end in the vise and remove the nut [C].
C
B–3670
Remove the piston from the rod [D].

D
B–3683
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC CYLINDER REPAIR (Cont’d)
Disassembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder (Cont’d)
A
Remove the end cap from the rod [A].
B–3685
Remove the O–ring and back–up washer from the end

cap [B]. B

B–4687
Remove the wiper seal from the end cap [C].

C
B–4672
Remove the oil seal [D].

D
B–4671
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Disassembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder (Cont’d)
A
Remove the teflon seal from the piston [A].
B–3689
Remove the O–ring on the piston [B].

Clean all the parts in the solvent. Dry with air only.
B
Destroy the old seals and O–rings.
Assembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder


procedure:
MEL1032 – Rod Seal Tool
MEL1008 – Seal Installation Tool (2’’)
MEL1009 – Seal Installation Tool (3’’)
MEL10579 – Cylinder Hone (2’’)
MEL10064 – Cylinder Hone (3’’) B–3703
Make an inspection of the parts for scratches, nicks, etc.

Replace the parts as needed.
C
Install the piston over the tool [C].
B–3674
Install the O–ring on the piston using the tool [D].

D
B–3675
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of the Hydraulic Cylinder (Cont’d)
A
Install the teflon seal over the tool and on the piston [A].
NOTE: To prevent damage to the teflon seal, do not

turn the seal into the piston groove.
B–3677
Install the piston into the tapered end of the tool [B] to get
the teflon seal to the piston size diameter. Leave the B
piston in the tool for 5 minutes so that the seal will
become the correct size.

B–3673
NOTE: The O–ring side of the oil seal goes toward

the inside of the cylinder [C]. C
B–3682
Install the oil seal on the rod seal tool [D].

D
B–3702
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Install the oil seal in the end cap [A].
B–3671
Install the back–up washer [B].

B

B–3679
Install the O–ring [C].

C
B–3681
Put oil on the wiper seal and install the cap on the shaft
[D]. D
B–3685
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the piston from the tool and install the piston on
the shaft [A].
B–3692
Install the nut and tighten to the following torque [B].

Lift Cylinder – 150–160 ft.–lbs. (203–217 Nm)
B
Tilt Cylinder – 190–220 ft.–lbs. (258–285 Nm)
Inspect the cylinder bore for scratches. Use a hone to
clean up the cylinder bore.

B–3670
Put oil on the seals, O–rings and end cap threads [C].
C
B–3691
Install the assembly in the cylinder housing [D].

D
B–3665
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Tighten the end cap with the special tool [A].
Push the cylinder rod in and out the full length of the
cylinder housing. It must travel freely through the full
stroke of the cylinder with no binding.
NOTE: See Pages 2–28 & 2–30 for installing the Lift
or Tilt Cylinder in the loader.
B–5025
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
A
NOTE: The engine must be removed to remove the

reservoir. See Page 7A–7 for the 440 loader
and Page 7B–12 for the 443 loader.
procedure.)
Remove the fluid from the reservoir. (See Page 1–1 for
B–6335
Remove the fill hose from the reservoir [A].
Remove the hose at the bottom of the reservoir [B].

B

B–6336
Remove the tubeline for the oil cooler return [C]. C
B–6337
Remove the case drain hoses (two) from the tee fitting at
the reservoir [D].
D
B–6338
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Removing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
(Cont’d)
Remove the bolts and nuts (two) from the mounting strap
[A].
Remove the reservoir from the loader.
Installing the Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir

Install the reservoir in the correct location.
Install the mounting strap and tighten the bolts [A].
B–6339
Connect and tighten the case drain hoses ([D] Page
2–38).
Connect and tighten the tubeline and hose at the bottom
of the reservoir ([B] & [C] Page 2–38).
Install the reservoir fill hose and tighten the clamp ([A]
Page 2–38).
Install the engine. (See Page 7A–1 for the 440 Loader and
Page 7B–11 for the 443 Loader.)

procedure.)
Fill the reservoir with the correct fluid. (See Section 8 for
the correct fluid.)
Start the engine and operate the loader through all the
functions. Stop the engine. Check the fluid level and for
leaks.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Control Pedal
A
Raise the lift arms and install lift arm support device. (See

for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow B–6340
death.
W–2017–0286
B
Stop the engine.
Remove the nut and bolt at the pedal linkage [A].
Remove the nuts and bolts (two) at the front of the loader

frame [B].
B–6341
Remove the pedal assembly from the loader [C].

C
B–6342
Remove the bushing from the pedal [D].

Remove the bell crank from the loader. Remove the
D
plastic bushings.
B–6343
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Control Pedal
A
Install the bushing in the pedal using two sockets and vise
[A].
Install the bushing in the bellcrank.
Install the pedal assembly ([C] Page 2–40).
Install the bolts and nuts, do not tighten ([B], Page 2–40).
Install the bolt and nut at the pedal linkage ([A], Page
2–40).
The following adjustments can be made to the control B–6344
pedals:
Move the pedal assembly up or down for operator comfort
([B], page 2–40).
Move the pedal linkage backward or forward ([A], Page
2–40) for operator comfort.
Tighten the bolts and nuts after the adjustment is made.
Start the engine and remove the lift arm support device.

440, 443 & 443B Loader

CONTROL PEDAL, LINKAGE & LOCKS (Cont’d)
Pedal Lock Linkage
A
3 4
Removal
Raise the lift arms and install a lift arm support device.
Put jackstands under both rear corners of the loader.
Open the rear door. 6
Lift the operator cab. 2
Remove the bolts at the front of the pedal mounting 5
bracket (Item 1) [A].
Remove the pedal linkage (Item 2) [A] and remove the
pedal assembly.
Remove the pedal lock linkage (Items 3 & 4) [A].
Disconnect the control linkage (Item 5) [A] and remove
the bellcrank (Item 6) [A].
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CONTROL PEDAL, LINKAGE & LOCKS (Cont’d)
Pedal Lock Linkage (Cont’d)
A 1
2
Installation
Install the cam follower (roller) (Item 1) [A], washer and
nut (Item 2) [A] on the bellcrank and tighten to 160 in–lbs.
(18 Nm) toque. Assemble the linkage and the bellcrank
(Item 3) [A]. The nylon bushing (Item 1) [B] must be in the
correct position.
Check the fit of the bellcrank in the loader.
Inspect the four nylon bushings in the bellcrank (Item 1) 4 5
3
[B]. Install the spacer between the fender and the
bellcrank (Item 4) [A]. B–7496
If the fit is too tight or too loose, the bellcrank will not
operate smoothly. B
Adjust the bellcrank or bend the mounting tab (Item 5) [A]
(or both) slightly, to allow for smooth operation of the
bellcrank.
Install the nuts and bolts as shown in [A], Page 2–42 and
tighten to 25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38 Nm) torque.
1

Check for smooth operation of the bellcrank.
NOTE: Put LocTite 242 on all threads before

assembly.
Connect the control valve linkage (Item 5) [A] Page B–7398
2–42. Check for free movement.
Install the pedal assembly. Connect the pedal linkage
first (Item 2) [A], Page 2–42, and leave the bolt loose at C
the connection to the pedal. Install the bolts to hold the 4
pedal mounting bracket (Item 1) [A], Page 2–42.
Assemble the pedal lock linkage using the link (Item 4) 3
[C] and install it on the fender. Find the neutral position
of the control valve spool and put the link (Item 4) [C]
over the roller cam (Item 1) [C]. Tighten the fasteners for
the pedal lock linkage to 25 ft.–lbs. ( 34 Nm) torque. 1
Adjust the pedal for comfortable operation and tighten 2
the bolt that fastens the linkage to the pedal.
Use the same procedure to remove & install the lock
mechanism on the other side of the loader. B–7392
440, 443 & 443B Loader

SEAT BAR SYSTEM
440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–HydraulicSystemSectionPart2of2
A
The seat bar pivots down to provide operator arm rests
and to allow for foot pedal operation [A].
The seat bar pivots up to allow operator exit and to lock
the foot pedals in neutral position.
Seat Bar Installation

Sit in the seat and fasten seat belt snugly.
Engage the brake.
Pull the seat bar all the way down and start the engine.
D–1752
Operate each foot pedal to check both the lift arm and the
tilt (bucket) functions. Raise the lift arms until the bucket
is about two feet (600 mm) off the ground. B
Raise the seat bar. Try to move each foot pedal. Pedals
must be firmly locked in the neutral position. There must
be no motion of the lift arms or tilt (bucket) when the
pedals are pushed.
Pull the seat bar down, lower the lift arms fully and place
the bucket flat on the ground.

Stop the engine. Engage the brake. Raise the seat bar
and operate the foot pedals to be sure that the pedals are
firmly locked in the neutral position. Unfasten the seat
belt.
B–7387
Seat Bar Maintenance
Clean debris or dirt from moving parts.
Check that the linkage bolts and nuts are tightened to
25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38 Nm) torque.
Use general purpose grease to lubricate the seat bar
pivot points at each side of the cab [B].
If seat bar system does not function correctly, check for
free movement of each linkage part. Check for excessive
wear. Replace parts that are worn, or damaged.
Use only genuine Melroe Parts.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

The seat bar system must lock the lift and tilt
control pedals in neutral when the seat bar is
up. Service the system if pedals do not lock
correctly.
W–2105–1285
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Page
Number
DRIVE BELT AND TENSION PULLEY
Drive Belt Removal–In the Loader
440 Loader Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–48
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–48
443 Loader Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–48
Installing Tension Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–47
Removing Tension Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–47
HYDROSTATIC
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SYSTEM
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–3
Replenishing Valves Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
Assembly of the Hydrostatic Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–22
Disassembly of the Hydrostatic Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–17
Hydrostatic Motor Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–21
Installing the Hydrostatic Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–26
Removing the Hydrostatic Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–15

Start Up Procedure for the Hydrostatic Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–27
HYDROSTATIC PUMP
Assembly of the Hydrostatic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–39
Disassembly of the Hydrostatic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–34
Hydrostatic Pump Start Up Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–46
Inspection of the Hydrostatic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–37
Installing the Hydrostatic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–44
Removing the Hydrostatic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–28
PORT BLOCK
Charge Pressure Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–12
Checking Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–11
Cold Weather By–Pass Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–13
Installing the Port Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
Removing the Port Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–13
STEERING LEVERS
Installing the Steering Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
Removing the Steering Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
Repairing the Steering Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
STEERING LINKAGE
Adjusting the Steering Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
Installing the Pintle Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–10
Removing the Pintle Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
TOWING THE BOBCAT LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–49

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–3
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING
death.
W–2004–1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
No drive on one side, in one direction. 1, 2, 3, 4

No drive on one side in both directions. 2, 4, 5, 6, 7
The loader does not move in a straight line. 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9
The hydrostatic system is overheating 3, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14

The oil light comes ON. 15, 16, 17

1. The hydrostatic system has a fluid leak.

2. The steering linkage needs adjustment.
3. The check valve in the hydrostatic motor has a defect.
4. The balance plate in the hydrostatic motor seal is defective.
5. The hydrostatic pumps have a defect.
6. The final drive chain(s) is broken.
7. The hydrostatic motor has a defect.
8. The tires do not have the correct tire pressure.
9. The tires are not the same size.
10. The hydrostatic fluid is not at the correct level.
11. The oil cooler has a restriction (Externally or Internally).
12. The temperature sending switch is not operating correctly.
13. The control valve is not operating correctly.
14. The loader is not being operated at the correct RPM.
15. The sender has a defect.
16. There is a low charge pressure.
17. The charge relief has a defect.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION CHARGE FLUID
A

ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly damage FUNCTION 1 Valve Moves for Charge
the system. Fluid Replacement
I–2003–0284
Replenishing Valves Function

FUNCTION 2
The replenishing valves are used both in forward and
reverse travel [A].
The functions of the replenishing valves are as follows:
Give replacement fluid to the low pressure side of the
closed hydrostatic circuit. Replacement fluid is needed

because of the normal inside leakage (Function 1) [A].
STEERING LEVERS Valve Stays on Seat to

Hold High Pressure for Drive B–6492
Removing the Steering Levers
Stop the engine.
B
procedure.)
Disconnect the choke or fuel shut–off control
Remove the bolts (both sides) at the bottom of the front
panel [B].
B–6410
Remove the bolts (both sides) at the sides of the front

panel [C]. C
B–6409
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STEERING LEVERS (Cont’d)
Removing the Steering Levers (Cont’d)
A
Remove the front panel from the loader [A].
B–6477
Disconnect the steering linkage from the steering levers

(both sides) [B]. B

B–6408
If so equipped, disconnect the auxiliary control valve

linkage from the steering lever [C].
C
B–6407
Remove the bolts and nuts from the pivot bearings (both
sides) [D].
D
B–6406
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Steering Levers (Cont’d)
A
Remove the steering lever assembly from the loader [A].
B–6405
Repairing the Steering Levers

Remove the bushings and plastic bushings from the
B Spacer
steering levers.
Washer
Install new bushings into the steering levers, using two
sockets and vise [B].

Bolt
(3/8’’ x 1–5/8’’)
Rubber
Bushing
C–2662
Install new plastic bushings on the steering levers shaft

[C].
C
Install the two steering lever assemblies together.
Check the pivot bearings, replace as needed.
B–6404
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Steering Levers
A
Install the steering lever assembly into the loader.
Install the bolts and nuts in the pivot bearings (both
sides) [A]. Tighten the nuts to 25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38 Nm)
torque.
B–6406
If so equipped, connect the auxiliary linkage at the right

steering lever [B]. Adjust the linkage so that when the
B
auxiliary is engaged the steering lever does not hit the
fender.

B–6407
Install the front panel over the steering levers and into the
loader [C]. C
Install the top and bottom bolts in the front shield and
tighten.
Connect the steering linkage and adjust. (See Page
3–8.)
Connect the choke or fuel shut–off control.
procedure.)
B–6477
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STEERING LINKAGE
Adjusting the Steering Linkage
A

death.
W–2017–0286
B–6408


W–2059–0991

Raise the operator cab. (See Page 5–1 for the correct B–6470
procedure.)
Loosen the nuts and bolts from the steering levers [A]. C
Loosen the nuts and bolts from the pintle arms [B].
Start the engine and run at a slow RPM. (See Page 5–1.) A–2883
Turn the bolts [C] & [D] so that the centering springs just
touch the pin and the adjusting bolt heads.
If the wheels are turning (creeping), move the steering
lever and find the correct side of the centering spring
where the adjustment is to be made.
Turn the bolt out a small amount until the wheels stop B–6403
turning.
Move the steering lever forward and backward and let
the transmission return to neutral position. If the D
transmission does not return to the neutral position,
make the adjustment again.
Repeat steps for the other side.
A–2883
Tighten the nuts at both ends of the steering linkage to
11–13 ft.–lbs. (15–18 Nm) torque.
procedure.)
Remove the jackstands from the loader frame.
B–6369
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STEERING LINKAGE (Cont’d)
Removing the Pintle Arms
A
procedure.)
Remove the nuts and bolts at the steering linkage [A].
B–6470
Using a plier, remove the centering spring from the

bracket [B]. B

B–6420
Loosen the pintle arm bolt and nut [C].

C
B–6547
Use a small gear puller and remove the assembly from

the shaft of the hydrostatic pump [D].
D
NOTE: Do not use a screwdriver to pry the pintle arm
off, it will cause damage to the seal retainer
(Item 1) [D].
Remove the bushing from the pintle arm. 1
Check the keyway in the pintle arm for wear.

Check the centering spring ends and the spring sleeve
for wear. Replace the parts as needed.
B–6493
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STEERING LINKAGE (Cont’d)
Installing the Pintle Arms
A
Install the bushing in the pintle arm [A].
Install the centering spring and sleeve into the pintle arm.
B–6546
B–6479
Install the assembly on the pump shaft [B].

Install the dowel pin.
B
Tighten the pintle arm bolt and nut.

B–6493
Connect the spring ends [C].

C
B–6420
Connect the steering linkage to the pintle arm [D].

D
Adjust the steering linkage. (See Page 3–8.)
B–6470
440, 443 & 443B Loader

PORT BLOCK
Checking Charge Pressure
A

death.
W–2017–0286 B–6367

B
procedure.)
NOTE: Before removing the wires from the

temperature switch, mark them so they will
connect correctly.

Remove the wires from the pressure switch [A].
Remove the pressure switch from the port block.
Connect a pressure gauge to the port block [B].
Start the engine. (See Page 5–1.) B–6366
Run the engine at full RPM. The pressure must be 35–85

PSI (241–586 kPa) minimum with no hydraulic action.
If the pressure is not correct, remove the charge pressure
spring and poppet. (See Page 3–12.)
Disconnect the pressure gauge.
Install and tighten the pressure switch.
Connect the wires to the pressure switch, as marked.
procedure.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

PORT BLOCK (Cont’d)
Charge Pressure Relief Valve
A

death.
W–2017–0286
B–6365

Raise the operator cab. (See Page 5–1 for the correct B
procedure.)
Remove the tubeline from the oil cooler by–pass valve
[A].
Remove the charge by–pass tubeline from the port block

[B].

B–6364
Remove the mounting bolts from the port block on the

outside of the fender [C]. C
Tip the port block forward.
B–6363
Remove the fitting from the port block. Remove the spring
poppet [D]. D
Clean and inspect the parts. Replace as needed.
Install a new O–ring. Install the poppet, spring and fitting.
Tighten the fitting [D].
Put the port block in the correct position. Install the
mounting bolts and tighten [C].
Connect the charge by–pass tubeline and tighten [B].
Connect the oil cooler by–pass tubeline and tighten [A].
B–6362
procedure.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader
Cold Weather By–Pass Valve
A

death.
W–2017–0286
B–6361
procedure.)
B
Remove the plug from the port block [A].
Remove the spring and poppet form the port block [B].
Clean and inspect the parts. Replace as needed.

Install a new O–ring on the plug.
Install the poppet, spring and plug [B]. Tighten the plug.
procedure.) B–6360

C
Removing the Port Block
procedure.)
Remove the tubeline from the oil cooler by–pass valve.
(See Page 3–12.)
Remove the charge pressure tubeline from the port block.
(See Page 3–12.)
outside of the fender. (See Page 3–12.)
B–6365
Remove the tubeline form the oil cooler by–pass valve
[C].
D
Remove the charge pressure hose [D].
NOTE: Before removing the wires from the

temperature and pressure switch, mark them
so they will be connected correctly.
B–6364
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Removing the Port Block (Cont’d)
Disconnect the wires from the temperature and pressure
switch.
outside of the fender [A].
Remove the port block from the loader.
Remove the filter element from the port block.
Installing the Port Block

B–6363
Install the port block in the loader, make alignment of the
holes and install the mounting bolts and tighten [A].
Connect the wires to the temperature and pressure
switch as marked.
Install the charge pressure and oil cooler tubeline and
tighten. (See Page 3–13.)
Install a new hydraulic/hydrostatic filter element. Make
sure the drain plug is installed and tight.

procedure.)
Operate the loader through its functions. Stop the
engine. Check for leaks and check the
hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir, add fluid as needed.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
A

the system.
I–2003–0284
B–6359
Removing the Hydrostatic Motor

B

death.
W–2017–0286
B–6358
Use Tool No. MEL1272 Plastic Cap & Plug Set
Remove the tires and wheels from the side of the loader
where the motor is going to be removed. C
procedure.)
Remove the motor cover on the outside of the loader
fender [A].
NOTE: Mark the hoses so they can be installed

correctly.
Remove the case drain hose from the motor, [B] cap and
plug the hose. B–6357
Remove the high pressure hoses from the motor [C] cap
and plug the hoses. D
Remove the brake cover [D].
B–6356
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (Cont’d)
Removing the Hydrostatic Motor
A
Remove the nut at the end of the brake linkage [A].
Remove the brake cover from the linkage.
B–6355
Install the brake linkage rod and nut [B]. Put the parking
brake in the locked position to hold the brake disc in
B
position.

B–6354
Remove the nuts from the motor flange [C].

C
NOTE: If the left hydrostatic motor is removed,
disconnect the auxiliary linkage. Remove the
bracket from the motor mounting flange.
B–6349
Remove the hydrostatic motor from the chaincase [D].

D
NOTE: When the motor is removed from the

chaincase, engage the brake. When
installing the motor in the chaincase, the
chain sprocket will have to be aligned in the
brake disc. (See Page 3–26.)
B–6348
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Disassembly of the Hydrostatic Motor
A
NOTE: Clean the outside of the motor before

disassembly. Keep all the parts of the motor
clean.
Put the motor in a vise, holding it by the mounting flange

with the shaft down [A]. Put a mark across the motor
housing for correct assembly.
Remove the four bolts from the motor [A].
B–6464
Lift the valve housing straight up [B]. If done carefully the

balance ring assembly and valve will stay on the valve B
plate.

B–6472
Remove the 3’’ (76 mm) diameter O–ring from the valve
housing [C]. C
B–6402
Remove the pins and springs from the valve housing [D].
D
B–6401
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Disassembly of the Hydrostatic Motor (Cont’d)
Remove the case drain fitting from the valve housing [A].
Case Drain
Fitting
B–9971
Remove the balance ring assembly [B].

B

B–6400
Remove the inner face seal [C].

C
Balance Plate
Outer Outer
Seal Seal
B–8733
Pin Inner Seal Pin B–3046
Remove the outer face seal [D].

D
Balance Plate
Outer Outer
Seal Seal
B–8732
Pin Inner Seal Pin B–3046
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the valve [A].
B–9927
Remove the valve drive [B].

B

B–9925
Remove the valve plate [C].

Remove the 3‘‘ diameter O–ring from the valve plate [C]. C
B–9928
Remove the geroler [D]. Make sure the rollers are kept
in place. D
B–9926
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the drive [A].
Remove the 3’’ diameter O–ring (Item 1) [A] from the
wear plate. 1
B–9924
Remove the wear plate [B].

Wear
Remove the shaft face seal from the wear plate [B].
B Plate
Remove the 3’’ diameter O–ring from the bearing

housing.

Seal
B–6374 B–6396
Remove the shaft and bearing assembly from the housing

[C].
C
B–6373
Remove the dust seal from the housing [D].

D Dust
Remove the shaft seal from inside the housing [D]. Seal
NOTE: The shaft and bearing assembly are not sold

as individual parts. Replace as a unit.
Shaft
Seal
B–6372 B–6395
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Hydrostatic Motor Inspection
A
Before the motor is assembled, check the following items:
Check the geroler [A].
B–6394
Check the geroler rollers [B].
Check the rotor. B

B–6392
Check the valve plate [C].
B–6391
Check the valve [D].

D
B–6390
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Hydrostatic Motor Inspection (Cont’d)
Check the balance ring [A].
Check the valve drive shaft and main drive shaft for wear.
B–6389
Check the end plate for scratches [B].

Check all the contact surfaces. Replace any parts that
B
have scratches or are worn that can cause leakage.
Clean all the parts in solvent and use air pressure to dry
the parts. DO NOT use cloth or paper because some
material may get into the hydrostatic system and cause
damage. DO NOT use sandpaper or a file to remove
scratches on any of the parts.

Assembly of the Hydrostatic Motor
B–6388
C
Use grease such as Dow Corning #44 or
Vaseline petroleum jelly to hold seals, O–rings
and bearings in position during assembly.
I–2010–0284
NOTE: Always use a NEW seal kit when assembling

the hydrostatic motor.
B–6387
Install the back–up washer and use a press to install the

shaft seal in the bearing housing [C] as shown in (Item 9)
[D].
D 1 1. Shaft Seal
2 2. Shaft Seal
3. Wear Plate
4. Seal
3 5. Shaft & Bearing
6. Shaft Seal
7. Bearing Housing
5 8. Dust Seal
9. Back–Up Washer
4
7
9
8 6
B–9931
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of Hydrostatic Motor (Cont’d)
A
Install the dust seal [A] as shown in (Item 8) [D] Page
3–22.
B–6386
Use a press to install the bearing and shaft assembly in

the housing [B]. B
Lubricate and install the 3’’ diameter O–ring on the
bearing housing.
NOTE: You can use alignment studs for easier

assembly of the motor.

B–6385
Install the shaft face seal in the wear plate (Item 2) [D]
Page 3–22 and [C]. C
B–6396
Install the wear plate [D].

D
B–6374
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of the Hydrostatic Motor (Cont’d)
A
Lubricate the 3’’ diameter O–ring (Item 1) [A] and install
a wear plate.
1
Install the drive in the housing [A].
B–9924
Align the notch on the outside of the geroler with the notch
on the wear plate. Install the geroler against the wear
plate. Hold the rollers in the geroler while installing it [B].
B

The timing of the motor controls the direction of the B–9926
rotation of the drive shaft of the motor. The timing parts
are as follows [C]:
Geroler Ring (Item 1). C Rotate Valve Clockwise
1/2 Tooth to Engage Spline
Valve Drive (Item 2)
Valve Plate (Item 3)
Any One of 6 Ports
Valve (Item 4) Open to Outside of Valve
Find the largest opening between the geroler star and the
geroler ring and mark the outside of the geroler ring at the Largest Opening
location [C].
Install the valve drive in the geroler (Item 2) [C].
Lubricate the 3’’ diameter O–ring and install it on the valve
plate.
4
Align the notch on the outside of the valve plate with the
notch on the geroler ring [C]. Install the valve plate 3 Valve
(O–ring side toward the geroler) on the geroler.
2
Valve Plate
Align the slot opening in the valve plate with the largest
opening of the geroler. 1
NOTE: If you can see a roller (in the geroler) in all the
holes of the valve plate the motor is timed Pressure Geroler
wrong. Relef Hole (3) Star
Align the valve on the valve drive so that any one of the
side openings is in alignment with the open slot of the Geroler Ring
valve plate and the largest opening of the geroler. Turn the
valve CLOCKWISE 1/2 tooth to engage the drive. B–9972
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–HydrostaticSystemSectionPart1of2

A Balance
Ring
Outer
Outer Seal
Lubricate the inner and outer seals and install the seals Seal
on the balance ring [A].
Inner Seal
Install the seals in the position as shown [A] or
the motor will not operate correctly. Do not
force or bend the seals. Any damage to these B–9930
seals will have a direct effect on the motor
operation.
B
Install the seals and the case drain fitting on the valve
housing [B].

Case Drain
Fitting
Seal
B–9971
Install the pins and springs in the valve housing [C].

C
Lubricate the 3’’ diameter O–ring and install on the valve
housing.
Align the pin grooves in the balance ring with the pins in
the valve housing. Install the balance ring assembly in the
housing.
B–6401
Put your finger through the port in the valve housing to

hold the balance ring in position [D] D
NOTE: You must feel a spring action of the balance
ring after the valve housing is installed.
B–6370
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A 3 1
Install the bolts Use the sequence as shown and tighten

the bolts to 37 ft.–lbs. (50 Nm) torque [A].
2 4
B–9929
Installing the Hydrostatic Motor

Lift and align of the chain sprocket in the brake disc [B].
B

B–6371
Using a screwdriver, hold the sprocket in the brake disc
through the top of the chaincase cover (Right Side) [C] &
(Left Side) [D].
C R.H.
B–6351
D L.H.
B–6350
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Install the O–ring on the motor mounting flange. Install the
motor in the chaincase and sprocket [A].
NOTE: On the left side, install the bracket for the

auxiliary linkage.
Install the nuts and tighten them to 90–100 ft.–lbs.

Release the parking brake. Remove the nut from the B–6348
bracket linkage.
Install the brake cover on the linkage rod.
B
Install the linkage rod into the brake disc linkage [B].
Tighten the nut.
Install the brake cover and bolts Tighten the bolts.
Connect the high pressure hoses as marked. Tighten the
fittings.

Connect and tighten the case drain hose.
B–6355
Install the motor covers [C].

Install the tires and wheels. C
Install the steering levers. (See Page 3–7.)
procedure.)
Start Up Procedure for the Hydrostatic Motor
Because of the close tolerance in the hydrostatic motor,

it is important that the motor is NOT OPERATED AT
LOW LOAD/HIGH SPEED (road condition) when the
motor is new or first used after being repaired.
B–6359
If the hydrostatic motor and hydrostatic pump have both
been replaced or repaired, it is important to remove all
the air from the hydrostatic pumps (See Page 3–46) and
then put the motor under a load condition.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDROSTATIC PUMP
A 5/8’’
1/2’’ 3–1/4’’
45°
disassembly and keep all parts clean. Always 2–1/4’’
use caps and plugs on hoses, tubelines and 90°
the system.
I–2003–0284 1–3/4’’
P–3441
Removing the Hydrostatic Pumps
B
2


W–2059–0991
1
NOTE: Later Models hydrostatic pump removal is as P–3440

follows:
To hold tension pulley while drive belt is removed, bend C
a 3/16’’ diameter rod to the approximate dimensions
shown [A].
Use a wrench (Item 1) [B] to lift the tension pulley.
Remove the drive belt and install the rod (Item 2) [B], one
end through the hole in the pulley and the other end over
the top edge of the mounting plate.
Raise the operator’s cab.
Remove the fluid from the hydraulic/hydrostatic
reservoir. (See Page 1–14 for the correct procedure.)
Disconnect the inlet hose from the hydraulic pump [C]. B–6272
Remove the shield from under the fuel tank in front of the
engine [D]. D
Close the fuel shut–off valve and disconnect the fuel line.
B–6273
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (Cont’d)
Removing the Hydrostatic Pump (Cont’d)
A
Remove the high pressure hoses (two) from the
hydrostatic pump [A].
B–6303
Remove the high pressure hoses from the hydrostatic

motors (both sides) [B]. B

B–6304
Remove the outlet hose from the hydraulic pump [C].

C
B–6305
Disconnect the charge pressure hose from the

hydrostatic pump [D]. D
B–6306
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Hydrostatic Pumps (Cont’d)
A
NOTE: Later production loaders have a tapered

shaft (Item 1) [A] at the hydrostatic pump.
Remove the bolt to remove the pulley.
1
Loosen the two set screws in the pulley and remove the
pulley [A].
B–6425
Remove the bolts and centering bracket from the pump

at the pulley side of the pump [B]. B

B–6421
Remove the bolts at the hydraulic pump side of the pump

[C]. C
B–6418
Remove the hydraulic pump and mounting bracket as an

assembly [D]. D
Remove the pump from the engine mounting bracket and
put it on a work bench.
B–6426
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
NOTE: (Early Model Loaders) The engine and 1

hydrostatic pump are removed from the
loader as an assembly. See Page 7A–1 for the
440 loader and Page 7B–1 for the 443 loader.
When the engine and hydrostatic pump
assembly are removed from the loader,
follow the steps below to remove the pump
from the engine mounting bracket.
B–6473
B
AVOID INJURY
The pulley for the drive belt tensioner has a
strong spring. Use a firm grip and release it at
a slow rate after the drive belt is removed.

shaft (Item 1) [A] at the hydrostatic pump.
Remove the bolt to remove the pulley.
Remove the drive belt from the drive pulley and pump B–6425
pulley [A].
C
Loosen the two set screws in the pulley on the pump [B].
Remove the pulley from the pump [C].
B–6427
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the bolts and centering bracket from the pump
at the pulley side of the pump [A].
B–6421
Remove the bolts from the hydraulic pump side of the

pump [B]. B

B–6418
Remove the hydraulic pump and mounting bracket as an

assembly [C]. C
Remove the pump from the engine mounting bracket and
put it on a work bench.
B–6426
Remove the centering spring from the dowel pin [D].

D
B–6420
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Loosen the bolt and nut at the pintle arm [A].
B–6423
Remove the pintle arm from the pump shaft [B].

B

B–6368
Remove the charge tubeline from the pump [C].

Remove the high pressure hoses.
C
B–6422
Remove the replenishing valves (4) from the pump [D].

D
B–6419
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the center section bolts (2) [A]. Remove the
centering bracket from the pump.
Follow steps [D] Page 3–32 and [A] & [B], Page 3–33,
to remove the pintle arm from the second pump.
Disassembly of the Hydrostatic Pump
B–6424
B
the system.
I–2003–0284

Separate the pump housing from the center section.
Remove the coupler from the center section [B].

B–6061
Remove the four bolts from the center section [C] and
remove the center section from the other pump [D]. C
Keep all the parts fro one pump separated from

the parts for the other pump.
B–6062
B–6063
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Disassembly of the Hydrostatic Pump (Cont’d)
Remove the rotating group by putting your hand under the
rotating group and turn the pump housing around so the
rotating group will slide into your hand [A].
Mark each piston and shoe assembly so they

will be returned to their original bore in the B–6064
block and plate.
B
Remove the snap ring [B] from the rear housing.

B–6071
Hit the shaft on a block of wood to remove the bearing

and the shaft [C]. C
B–6072
Remove the seal and back–up washer [D]. D
B–6073
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the cover bolts on the long pintle shaft [A].
Remove the pintle cover.
B–6065
Remove the seal and the washer [B].

B

B–6067
Remove the pintle shaft bearing [C].

C
B–6066
Remove the cover from the short pintle shaft [D].

D
B–6068
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the washer and O–ring from the shaft [A].
B–6069
Remove the bearing and the bearing race from the shaft
[B]. B

B–6070
Remove the camplate from the pump housing [C].

C
B–6074
Inspection of the Hydrostatic Pumps

Check the drive shafts for wear and damage to the splines D
[D].
B–8859
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Inspection of the Hydrostatic Pumps (Cont’d)
A
Inspect the flat surface of the center section, front and
rear [A]. The finish on the piston block side must be
smooth and free of grooves. If the grooves can be felt on
the finished surface with a fingernail, replace the section.
Inspect the rotating group for the following items:
Check each piston in its cylinder. If the piston does not
move freely in the bore, clean the piston and bore. Put oil
on both and try again.
B–6076
Check the piston shoe for scratches [B]. B

B–6077
Check the flat surface of the piston block. It must be

smooth and free of scratches [C].
C
Check the end play of each piston assembly. End play
must not be more than 0.003’’ (0,76 mm) between the
piston and the shoe.
Measure the thickness of each shoe. All the shoes must
be within 0.001’’ (0,025 mm) of each other.
Inspect the shoe plate for wear and cracks.
B–6078
Inspect the pins and spherical washer for wear and

damage [D]. All the pins must be the same length and
must not be bent. Check the spherical washer for sharp D
edges, wear or scratches.
NOTE: If there is any defect in the rotating group, the

complete unit must be replaced.
B–5408
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Inspection of the Hydrostatic Pumps (Cont’d)
A
Inspect the camplate for scratches [A], the finish must be
free of grooves and smooth. If the grooves can be felt with
the fingernail, replace the camplate.
B–6079
Inspect the bearing in the pump housing [B]. B

B–6080
Assembly of the Hydrostatic Pumps

C
Use grease such as Dow Corning #44 or

Vaseline petroleum jelly to hold seals, O–rings
and bearings in position during assembly.
I–2010–0284
B–6074
NOTE: Always use a NEW seal kit when assembling
the hydrostatic pumps.
D
Install the camplate into the pump housing [C].
Install the bearing race and bearing on the shaft [D].
B–6070
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of the Hydrostatic Pumps (Cont’d)
A
Install the washer and O–ring on the shaft [A].
B–6069
Install the covers on the short pintle shaft [B] and tighten
the screws. B

B–6068
Install the pintle shaft bearing on the long pintle shaft [C].
C
B–6066
Install the seal and washer [D].

D
B–6067
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Install the pintle cover.
Install the cover bolts and tighten [A].
B–6065
Install the seal and back up washer in the pump housing

[B]. B

B–6073
Install the drive shaft and install the snap ring [C].
C
B–6071
Install the rotating group in the housing [D].

D
B–6064
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Install the gasket & center section on the pump housing
[A].
B–6063
Install the bolts and tighten to 17–20 ft.–lbs. (23–27 Nm)

torque. [B]. B

B–6062
Install the coupler into the center section [C].

Install the other pump housing assembly on the center C
section.
B–6061
Install the centering bracket and bolts in the center

section [D]. D
Tighten the bolts to 27–31 ft.–lbs. (37–42 Nm) torque.
B–6424
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Install the replenishing valves (4) and tighten the plugs
[A].
B–6419
Install the charge tubeline and tighten the fittings [B]. B

B–6422
Install the pintle arm assembly and tighten the bolt and
nuts to 25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38 Nm) torque [C]. C
B–6368
Installing the centering spring on the dowel pin [D].

D
Install the pintle arm assembly on the other pump
following step [C] and [D].
Install the high pressure hoses and tighten the fittings.
B–6420
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Hydrostatic Pumps
A
NOTE: This procedure is used when the engine and

hydrostatic pump are installed as an
assembly.
Install the hydrostatic pump assembly into the engine
mounting brackets.
Install the hydraulic pump and mounting bracket and
tighten the bolts [A].
B–6426
NOTE: If the hydraulic pump needs repair, See Page
2–1 for the correct procedure.
B
Install the centering bracket (pulley side) [B]. Install the
bolts and tighten.

B–6421
Install the pulley on the drive shaft of the pump [C]. Make
sure you have full spline engagement of the pulley and the
pump shaft. Adjust the pulley for center line of belt travel. C
Tighten the two set screws in the pulley to 90 in.–lbs. (10
Nm) torque.

shaft at the hydrostatic pump. Install the bolt
and tighten to 35–40 ft.–lbs. (48–54 Nm)
torque.
Install the drive belt on the pulley and the engine pulley
[D]. Use a wrench to hold the tensioner pulley away from
the belt.
B–6425
Install the engine and hydrostatic pump into the loader
as a unit. (See Page 7A–1 for the 440 loader and Page
7B–1 for the 443 loader.) D
Before you start the engine on the loader, See Page
3–46 for the correct start up procedure.
Adjust the steering linkage. (See Page 3–8.)
procedure.)
B–6473
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Hydrostatic Pumps (Cont’d)
A
NOTE: This procedure is used when the engine was

not removed from the loader.
Install the hydraulic pump and mounting bolts [A].
Tighten the bolts.
B–6418
Install the centering bracket on the pump. Install and

tighten the bolts on the centering bracket [B]. B

B–6421
Install the drive belt pulley, tighten the set screws [C]. C
B–6425
Use a wrench (Item 1) [D] to lift the tension pulley and

install the drive belt in the pulley grooves. Remove the
rod (Item 2) [D].
D
2
P–3440
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Hydrostatic Pump Start Up Procedure
Make sure all the hoses and tubelines are tight.
Check the hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir, make sure the
fluid is at the correct level.
Put the steering levers in the neutral position.
Start the engine and run at a slow RPM. The charge pump
(hydraulic pump) must immediately pick up fluid and fill
the system. If there is no sign of a fill, stop the engine and
check for the cause.
NOTE: Make sure that all the air has been removed
from the hydrostatic pumps before the
steering levers are stroked.
After the system is full and all the air has been removed
from the system, at a slow rate move the steering levers
into the forward position. Operate the system at a slow
rate with no load until the system is at normal operation.

Stop the engine. Check the reservoir. Add fluid as
needed.
Check all the tubelines and hoses to make sure there are
no leaks.
Install the Hydrostatic Pumps.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DRIVE BELT AND TENSION PULLEY
A
Removing Tension Pulley
Remove the drive belt from the engine pulley and
hydrostatic pump pulley [A].
B–6473
Turn the tension pulley counterclockwise to remove the

spring tension [B]. B

B–6465
Remove the pulley and shaft assembly from the engine

mounting bracket and bearing [C]. C
Remove the spring from the engine mounting bracket [D].

Remove the bearing from the engine mounting bracket.
Check all the parts, replace as needed.
B–6466
Installing Tension Pulley
Install the bearing and tighten the bolts and nuts.
D Removal Installation
Install the spring end into the engine mounting bracket
[D].
Install the shaft and pulley assembly into the spring. Make
sure the slot in the end of the shaft is engaged in the end
of the spring [D].
Turn the tension pulley one full turn clockwise to put the
correct tension on the spring [B]. Use a rope and fasten
the tension pulley to the engine pulley.
Install the drive belt on the pulleys (See Page 3–34).
Release the rope on the tension pulley. B–6467 B–6468
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DRIVE BELT & TENSION PULLEY (Cont’d)
Drive Belt Removal–In the Loader
A
440 Loader
Removal
procedure.)
Loosen the bolt at the engine and hydrostatic pump
mounting bracket at the right side.
Using a long pry bar, lift up on the tension pulley and
remove the belt from the engine pulley [A].
B–6471
NOTE: The tension pulley may have to be removed

from the shaft mounting arm for clearance so
the drive belt can be removed. B
Release the tension pulley at a slow rate.
Use a pry bar, move the engine and hydrostatic pump
assembly over to the left. Remove the drive belt from the
hydrostatic pump pulley [B].

Remove the drive belt from the loader.
Installation
Install the drive belt in the loader.
Using a pry bar, move the engine and hydrostatic pump B–6469
assembly to the left. Install the drive belt over the pump
pulley [B].
Put the belt under the belt tension pulley.
C 5/8’’
1/2’’ 3–1/4’’
Using a long pry bar, lift the tension pulley. Install the
drive belt on the engine pulley [A]. Release the tension
pulley at a slow rate.
Tighten the bolt at the engine and hydrostatic pump 45°
mounting bracket.
2–1/4’’
Lower the operator cab. (See Page 5–1 for the correct 90°
procedure.)
443 Loader
1–3/4’’
Removal P–3441
Use the same procedure as the 440 loader and remove

the alternator from the engine. (See Page 6–1 for the
correct procedure.)
D
2
OR
To hold the tension pulley while the drive belt is removed,
bend a 3/16’’ diameter rod to the approximate
dimensions shown [C].
Use a wrench (Item 1) [D] to lift the tension pulley.
Remove the drive belt and install the rod (Item 2) [D], one
the top edge of the mounting plate. 1
P–3440
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TOWING THE BOBCAT LOADER
A
procedure:
MEL1220 Relief Valve Release Tool Set
To move a disabled loader use the following procedure:
procedure.)
Clean the area around the hydrostatic pump.
Clean the relief valve release tubes.
E–1457
B–6924
Remove the high pressure relief valves from one side of
the hydrostatic pump [A] and install the relief valve tubes.
Install the plug and tighten.
Move the loader unto a transport vehicle or to a service
shop. Move only a short distance and at a slow rate.
Replace the high pressure relief valves. Install new
O–rings on the plugs and tighten to 55–60 ft.–lbs. (75–81
Nm) torque.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–HydrostaticSystemSectionPart2of2
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DRIVE SYSTEM
Page
Number
AXLES AND BEARINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–10
Assembly of the Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–12
Installing the Axle(s) and Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–12
Removing the Axle(s) and Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–10
CHAINCASE FLUID
Replacing Chaincase Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–15
DRIVE CHAINS
Installing the Drive Chain(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–8
Removing the Drive Chain(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–7
PARKING BRAKE
Parking Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3 DRIVE
Removing Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–4 SYSTEM
Inspecting the Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–5
Installing the Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–5
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

PARKING BRAKE
A
Parking Brake Adjustment
To adjust the parking brake use the following procedure:
procedure.)
Remove the front panel from the steering levers [A].
Remove the brake cover [B].
Remove the nut from the end of the brake linkage [C].
Remove the brake cover from the linkage rod.
Install the brake linkage rod and nut. B–6477
Remove or add shims (Item 1) [D] between the brake

calipers so there is 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) of movement at the
brake lever (Item 2) [D].
B
Loosen the locknut at the pedal linkage and adjust so
there is 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) (Item 3) [D] at the nut and pivot
mounting of the pedal. Tighten the locknut.
Remove the nut from the brake linkage. Install the brake
cover. Connect the brake linkage and install the nut [C].

Install the brake cover and bolts [B].
Install the front panel [A].
procedure.) B–6356
B–6355
1/4’’
D (6,35 mm)
2
1/2’’
3 (12,7 mm)
1 B–6543
440, 443 & 443B Loader

PARKING BRAKE (Cont’d)
Removing Parking Brake
A
procedure.)
Remove the front panel from the steering levers. (See
Page 4–3 [A].)
Remove the brake cover. (See Page 4–3 [B].)
Remove the brake linkage. (See Page 4–3 [C].) Remove
the brake cover from the linkage.
Remove the parking brake pedal [A].
B–6542
Remove all the bolts from the chaincase cover [B].

B

B–6551
Use a pry bar, lift up on the chaincase cover [C].

C
Be careful, do no damage the gasket for the

cover.
Remove the chaincase cover from the loader.

Remove the brake disc from the sprocket [D]. B–6552
NOTE: It may be necessary to loosen (do not

remove) the nuts on the hydrostatic motor D
and move the motor so there is clearance for
the brake disc.
B–6533
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing Parking Brake (Cont’d)
A
Remove the disc calipers lever by moving all the disc
calipers to one side [A].
B–6541
Remove the bolt and spacer from the mounting bracket

[B]. B

B–6544
Remove the calipers from the mounting bracket [C].

C
Using a punch and hammer, remove the pivot bushings

for the disc calipers lever [D].
B–6538
Inspecting the Parking Brake
Check the brake disc for damage. Replace the disc as
needed. DO NOT grind the discs. D
Check the calipers for wear. Replace as needed.
Check the pivot bushings for wear. Replace as needed.
Installing the Parking Brake
Install the pivot bushings in the mounting bracket.
Install the calipers in the mounting bracket [C].
Install the spacer and bolt [B]. Tighten the nut.
Install the disc calipers lever [A]. B–6540
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Parking Brake (Cont’d)
A
Install the brake discs on the motor sprockets. (See Page
4–4.)
If the hydrostatic motor nuts were loose, tighten them to
95 ft.–lbs. (129 Nm) torque.
Align the brake discs before the chaincase cover and
brake assembly are installed [A].
Install the chaincase cover. Put the brake discs between
the calipers.
Install the cover bolts, do not tighten. Align the chaincase B–6531
cover so the discs are centered on the sprockets. Tighten
the cover bolts. (See Page 4–4 [B].)
Install the parking brake pedal. (See Page 4–4 [A].)
Adjust the parking brake. (See Page 4–3.)
Install the brake cover.
Install the front panel.

procedure.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DRIVE CHAINS
Removing the Drive Chain(s)
A
procedure:
MEL1045 Chain Breaker
Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for B–6357
can allow the machine to tip backward causing
injury or death.
W–2014–0895
B

W–2059–0991 B–6349
Put jackstands under the loader frame. C

Raise the operator cab. (See Page 5–31for the correct
procedure.)
Remove the front panel from the steering levers.
Remove the parking brake and chaincase cover
assembly. (See Page 4–4.)
Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See Page 4–15.)
Remove the hydrostatic motor for which side the chain(s)
are going to be removed. Use the following sequence:
Remove the tires and wheels. B–6532
Remove the motor cover.

Remove the case drain hose and the high pressure hoses D
from the motor [A].
Remove the mounting nuts from the motor flange [B].
Remove the hydrostatic motor from the chaincase.
Use a chain breaker tool and break the front chain [C].
Remove the motor sprocket.
Remove the chain from the chaincase [D].
B–6530
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DRIVE CHAINS (Cont’d)
Removing the Drive Chain(s) (Cont’d)
A
Lift the rear chain up. Install the chain breaker tool and
break the rear chain [A].
Remove the chain from the chaincase.
Installing the Drive Chain(s)

procedure:
MEL1037 Chain Link Press Tool
B–6529
Bend a piece of wire so the chain can be threaded over

the axle sprocket [B]. B
3.625’’

(92.07 mm)
A–2878
Install the chain into the chaincase and thread the chain
over the front axle sprocket [C].
C
B–6539
Connect the front chain with the chain link press tool [D].
Install the motor sprocket into the front chain. D
Install the rear chain, thread the chain around the rear
axle sprocket [C].
Install the chain around the motor sprocket.
B–6528
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DRIVE CHAINS (Cont’d)
A
Installing the Drive Chain(s) (Cont’d)
Connect the chain using the chain link press tool [A].
Install the hydrostatic motor into the sprocket and the
chaincase.
Install the brake discs.
Install the mounting nuts on the motor flange and tighten
to 95 ft.–lbs. (129 Nm) torque.
Install the high pressure hoses and the case drain hose.
Tighten the fittings.
B–6503
Add the correct fluid to the chaincase. (See Page 8–1 for
the correct fluid.)
Install the chaincase cover and parking brake assembly.
(See Page 4–5.)
Install the front panel on the steering levers.
Install the tires and wheels.

procedure.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

AXLES AND BEARINGS
Removal, assembly and installation is the same for all
A
four axles on the loader.
Removing the Axle(s) and Bearings

procedure:
MEL10540 – Slide Hammer
MEl1221 – Axle Puller
MEL1202A – Axle Bearing Service Set
B–6507
B
death.
W–2017–0286

NOTE: Axle bearings must always be installed in
sets (bearing, race and cone).
Remove the chain(s) from the chaincase. (See Page B–6951

4–7.)
Remove the bolt and washer from the end of the axle at
the sprocket, using the following procedure: C
Put a wrench on the bolt [A].
Turn the axle at the hub using the flange adapter [B].
Turn the bolt out until it touches the other axle bolt. Install
the slide hammer and pull the axle out until it stops [C].
Repeat steps [B] and [C] until the bolt is out of the axle.
B–6950
Remove the sprocket from the chaincase [D]. D

Use a slide hammer and pull the axle from the bearing [C].
B–6522
440, 443 & 443B Loader

AXLES AND BEARINGS (Cont’d)
Removing the Axle(s) and Bearings (Cont’d)
A
Remove the axle from the loader [A].
B–6527
Using a bearing puller tool and slide hammer, remove the

outer bearing cup [B]. B

B–6778
Using a long punch, remove the inside bearing cup [C].

C
B–2840
Use a puller to remove the bearing from the axle [D].

Clean and check all the parts for wear or damage. D
NOTE: If the axle has grooves worn into the seal

area, install an Axle Seal Sleeve Repair Kit.
(See Parts Fiche.)
B–6521
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembly of the Axle
A
Lubricate the seal and pack the bearing cone with grease.
Install the seal on the axle (Item 1) [A] with the open side
of the seal toward the chaincase.
Using an arbor, install the outer bearing on the axle [A].
Press only on the inner race of the bearing. This will also
position the seal in its correct location.
1
Installing the Axle(s) and Bearings
procedure: B–6252
MEL1205 – Seal Tool

MEL1202A – Axle Bearing Service Set B
NOTE: Make sure to pack the bearing with grease
before installation.
Use a bushing driver, install the outer bearing cup [B].

B–3982
Position the inner bearing cup inside the chaincase in the

axle tube. Install the race tool in the bearing cup [C]. C
B–6780
Install the outer bearing cup race tool [D]. Using a

wrench on the inside and outside, turn the nuts to install
the inner bearing cup. D
B–6779
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Install the Axle(s) and Bearings (Cont’d)
A
Install the inner halves of the installation tool behind the
outer seal of the axle [A].
B–6536
Install the outer halves of the installation tool on the inner

halves of the tool [B]. B

B–6535
Install the spring on the tool [C].

C
B–6534
Install the axle and tool assembly into the axle tube [D].
D
Install the bearing (inside the chaincase) on the axle.
Put the sprocket into the chaincase.
NOTE: The wide part of the hub on the sprocket goes

toward the outside on the front axle and
toward the inside for the rear axle.
B–6172
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Install the Axle(s) and Bearings (Cont’d)
A
Align the splines of the axle and the sprocket. Install the
bolt and washer into the end of the axle.
Put the installation tool in contact with the axle housing
tube.
Using a large soft faced hammer, hit the axle hub until the
bolt touches the other axle bolt [A].
Tighten the axle bolt.
Repeat the hammering and tightening procedure until
the axle assembly is fully installed. B–6173
Remove the spring from the tool.

Remove the outer halves of the tool.
Remove the inner halves of the tool.
Tighten the axle bolt to 175–190 ft.–lbs. (238–257 Nm)
torque.
Check the end play, it must be between 0.00 – 0.010’’

(0,254 mm). If not, replace the washer at the axle bolt to
get the correct end play.
Install the drive chain(s). (See Page 4–8.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CHAINCASE FLUID
A
Replacing Chaincase Fluid
procedure:
MEL10627 Hydraulic Transfer Pump
procedure.)
Remove the parking brake and chaincase cover. (See
Page 4–4.)
Use the hydraulic transfer pump to remove the fluid from
B–6253
the chaincase [A].
Use clean rags to remove any fluid that the pump did not
remove and to clean the chaincase [B]. B
Use only recommended replacement fluid (see Page 8–1
for the correct fluid) to fill the chaincase with 12 qts. (11,3
L) of fluid.
Install the chaincase cover and parking brake assembly.
(See Page 4–5.)

procedure.)
B–6254
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–DriveSystemSection
440, 443 & 443B Loader

MAIN FRAME
Page
Number
BOB–TACH
Assembly of the Bob–Tach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–11
Disassembly of the Bob–Tach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–9
Installing the Bob–Tach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–12
Removing the Bob–Tach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–8
FUEL TANK
Installing the Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–14
Removing the Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–14
LIFT ARMS
Installing the Lift Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–7
Removing the Lift Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
OPERATOR CAB
Installing the Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
Jumper Start Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4
Lowering the Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4 MAIN
Raising the Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3 FRAME
Removing the Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5

REAR DOOR
Installing the Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–13
Removing the Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–13
REAR WINDOW
Installing Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–15
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

OPERATOR CAB
CURRENT MODEL SHOWN
Raising the Operator Cab
A
Nut
Stop the loader on a level surface. Cab Washer
Put jackstands under the rear of the loader frame.
Fender
Put the lift arms all the way down or hold the lift arms with
a LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE. The lift arm support
device must be installed by a second person while the
operator is in the seat.
Stop the engine. Engage the parking brake. Rubber
MC–1973
Early Models Washers

B Operator Nut
Cab
Fender
Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for Bushing
injury or death. Retainer
W–2014–0895 Bolt

Open the rear door of the loader all the way.
Remove the two fasteners at the front corners of the
operator cab [A] & [B]. Tighten to 40–50 ft.–lbs. (54–68
Nm) torque. 6565933
C–2599
With gas cylinder: Standing on the ground one person lifts

slowly until operator cab is all the way up [C]. C
P–3235
Without gas cylinder: Two persons are needed to raise

the operator cab. Stand on the ground (one person on
each side) and lift slowly until the operator cab is all the
D
way up [D].
The operator cab will lock in the raised position.
Lift slowly until the operator cab is all the way up. The
operator cab will lock into this position.
B–6095
440, 443 & 443B Loader

OPERATOR CAB (Cont’d)
Lowering the Operator Cab
A
Move the locking mechanism by pushing the lever inward
from the locked position [A] and turning the lever until it
stays in the unlocked position [B].
REMOVE YOUR HAND BEFORE LOWERING THE
OPERATOR CAB
P–3237
arm support device can allow the lift arms or B
W–2059–0991
With gas cylinder: Stand on the ground and pull down on

the operator cab.
Without gas cylinder: Two persons are needed to lower

the operator cab (one on each side). Slowly lower the cab
by holding the bottom of the cab and the grab handles.
Avoid slippery surfaces when lowering the cab.
NOTE: Guide the operator cab over the fastening
bolts to prevent thread damage. P–3236
Install the two fasteners (including the washers or plates)

and tighten the nuts.
C
Connect the wiring harness behind the seat [C].
Remove the lift arm support device if it was installed.
P–0755
Jumper Start Switch

D
procedure:
MEL1128B – Jumper Start Switch
The short wire harness assembly is required when the
operator cab is in the raised position for service and the
serviceman needs to start the engine. The wire harness
connectors separate when the operator cab is tilted
back. Install the short wire harness into the engine wire
harness of the loader [D]. This jumper start switch is
required when the serviceman is adjusting the steering
linkage, checking the charge pressure and making
hydraulic pump tests.
B–6523
440, 443 & 443B Loader

OPERATOR CAB (Cont’d)
Removing the Operator Cab
A
Stop the engine.
Remove the retainer pins at the front corners of the
operator cab.
Remove the retainer plates at the front corners of the
operator cab.
Disconnect the wire harness behind the seat.
Remove the ground wire at the rear of the operator cab
[A].
B–6519
Remove the operator cab u–bolts [B].

B

B–6524
Install a chain hoist and remove the operator cab from the
loader [C].
C
Installing the Operator Cab
Raise the operator cab with a chain hoist, over the loader.
Lower the chain hoist until the pivot bushings are over the
u–bolt mounting holes.
Install the u–bolts and tighten [B].
Connect the ground wire [A].
Install the retainer plates and retainer pins at the front
corners of the operator cab. B–6517
Connect the wire harness behind the seat.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LIFT ARMS
Removing the Lift Arms
A
Stop the engine, activate the hydraulic controls to release
all the hydraulic pressure.
Remove the Bob–Tach from the lift arms. (See Page 5–8.)
Fasten a chain hoist to the lift arms [A].
B–6518
Put a floor jack under the lift arms [B]. B

Raise the lift arms, with the floor jack, until the pivot pins
in the rod end of the lift cylinder can be removed.

B–4543
Remove the bolt and retainer plate at the rod end of the
lift cylinder [C]. C
B–6326
Use a punch and hammer and remove the rod end pin [D].
D
B–6328
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LIFT ARMS (Cont‘d)
Removing the Lift Arms (Cont’d)
A
Remove the bolt and retainer plate (in the engine area) for
the lift arm pivot pins (both sides) [A].
B–6250
Use a slide hammer, remove the pivot pins [B]. B

Lift the lift arms a small amount with the chain hoist.
Disconnect the auxiliary hoses from the tubelines if the
loader is so equipped.
Raise the lift arms with the chain hoist. Remove the lift
arms from the loader.

Installing the Lift Arms
With a chain hoist, position the lift arms on the loader and
align the pivot pin holes in the lift arms and the main
frame. B–6525
NOTE: Connect the auxiliary hoses to the tubelines

if the loader is so equipped.
Install the pivot pins in the main frame and the lift arms.
Install the retainer plates and bolts at the pivot pins (both
sides) [A]. Tighten the bolts to 18–20 ft.–lbs. (24–27 Nm)
torque.
Remove the chain hoist and chains from the lift arms.
Install the pivot pin in the lift cylinder.
Install the retainer plate and bolt at the pivot pins (both
sides). Tighten the bolts to 18–20 ft.–lbs. (24–27 Nm)
torque.
Install the Bob–Tach on the lift arms. (See Page 5–12.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

BOB–TACH
Removing the Bob–Tach
A
Start the engine. Tilt the Bob–Tach forward until the front
edge of the Bob–Tach is on the floor.
Stop the engine. Activate the hydraulic controls to release
the hydraulic pressure from the system.
Remove the retainer plate and bolt at the rod end of the
tilt cylinder [A].
B–6331
Remove the pivot pin from the tilt cylinder rod end [B].
B

B–6332
Loosen the bolt 1–1 1/2 turns (do not remove) at the
Bob–Tach pivot pins (both sides). [C].
C
Remove the grease fitting from the pivot pin.
NOTE: The grease fittings at the pivot pin must be

removed, because the grease can cause a
lock and the pivot pin can not be pushed into
the Bob–Tach frame.
B–6497
Hit the bolt, with a hammer to start the pivot pin into the
Bob–Tach frame [D]. This will break the pin loose from the D
tapered seat.
Remove the bolt and use a punch to push the pivot pin into
the Bob–Tach frame.
Remove the Bob–Tach from the lift arms.
B–6511
440, 443 & 443B Loader

BOB–TACH (Cont’d)
A
Disassembly of the Bob–Tach
Put the Bob–Tach on the work bench.
Remove the Bob–Tach pivot pins [A].
B–6512
Remove the seal from the pivot pin [B].

B

B–6515
Remove the cover plate from the back side of the the
Bob–Tach [C]. C
B–6520
Remove the pivot bolts from the Bob–Tach spring and

linkage [D].
D Front View Rear View
B–6504 B–6514
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Disassembly of the Bob–Tach (Cont’d)
A
Slide the wedge assembly into the Bob–Tach frame.
Remove the plastic guides from the Bob–Tach [A].
Slide the wedge assembly toward the outside of the frame
so there will be clearance for the wedge lever to be
removed from the rear hole on the Bob–Tach frame.
B–6510
Remove the wedge assembly out of the rear hole on the

Bob–Tach frame [B]. B
Repeat step the procedure to remove the wedge
assembly from the other side.

B–6496
Remove the pivot bolt from the Bob–Tach lever [C].

C
B–6513
Remove the plate from the frame [D].

D
B–6501
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Disassembly of the Bob–Tach (Cont’d)
A
Remove the guides from the frame [A].
Clean and inspect all the parts for wear or damage.
Assembly of the Bob–Tach
Install the new guides into the frame [A].
Install the plate into the frame. (See Page 5–10.)
Install the pivot bolt in the Bob–Tach lever. Tighten to
25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38 Nm) torque. B–6498
Put the spring on the wedge lever. Push the spring

together (Item 1) [B] and install a nail to hold the spring
B
in position.
Install the wedge assembly into the hole at the rear of the
Bob–Tach frame.

1
B–6509
Use a screwdriver to guide the wedge into the hole at the

side of the frame [C].
C
Once the wedge assembly is in the frame, move it to the
inside of the frame.
Install the new plastic guides in the frame.
Move the wedge into the plastic guides. Install the pivot
bolt and tighten to 25–28 ft.–lbs. (34–38 Nm) torque. (See
Page 5–9.)
Repeat the procedure for the other side wedge assembly.
Use a plier, remove the nail from the spring to release the
spring (both sides).
B–6508
Install the rear cover. (See Page 5–9, [C].)
Install a new seal at the pivot pin [D]. D

Install the pivot pin. (See Page 5–9, [A].)
B–6516
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Bob–Tach
A
Put the Bob–Tach between the lift arms.
Use a long bolt, turn it into the pivot pin and pull the pin
into the lift arms. Remove the long bolt (both sides).
Install the bolt into the pivot pin and tighten to 65–70
ft.–lbs. (88–95 Nm) torque [A].
Install the grease fittings (2) and lubricate the pivot pins.
Put a floor jack under the Bob–Tach frame.
Lift the Bob–Tach frame with the floor jack until the tilt B–6497
cylinder rod end is aligned with the holes in the Bob–Tach
frame.
Install the rod end pin.
B
Install the retainer plate and bolt. Tighten the bolt to 18–20
ft.–lbs. (24–27 Nm) torque [B].

B–6331
440, 443 & 443B Loader

REAR DOOR
A
Removing the Rear Door
Keep the rear door closed when operating the

machine. Failure to do so could seriously
injure a bystander.
W–2020–1285
B–6499
Open the rear door.

Have a second person hold the rear door and remove the
B
hinge pins [A].
Remove the rear door from the loader [B].

Installing the Rear Door
Install the rear door on the hinges [B].
B–6502
Install the hinge pins [C].

Close the rear door. Install the latch pin.
C
NOTE: The rubber stops can be adjusted for a tight

fit when the rear door is closed.
B–6505
440, 443 & 443B Loader

FUEL TANK
Removing the Fuel Tank
A
Raise the operator cab. (See Page 5–3.) 440
Remove the fuel line from the top of the tank for the 440
loader [A]. Remove the two fuel lines from the top of the
fuel tank on the 443 loader [B].
Remove the fuel gauge from the fuel tank.
B–6500
B
443

B–6494
Remove the O–ring (Item 1) [C].

C
Remove the fuel shut–off mounting plate from the fuel
tank neck [C].
Remove the bolts from the fuel tank mounting strap [D].
Remove the fuel tank from the loader.
B–6506
Installing the Fuel Tank
Install the fuel tank in the loader.
D
Install the mounting strap and tighten the bolts [D].
Install the fuel shut–off mounting plate on the neck of the
fuel tank [C].
Install the O–ring (Item 1) [C].
Install the fuel gauge and tighten.
Connect the fuel line(s) [A] & [B].
Make sure the fuel shut–off is in the open position.
Lower the operator cab. (See Page 5–4.) B–6495
440, 443 & 443B Loader

REAR WINDOW Viewed From the
A Outside of the Window
Installing Rear Window Operator Cab Outside
of
Put molding in opening in rear of cab [A]. Groove for the Operator
rubber must be toward inside of cab. Cab
Put the window in molding.
Round Notch
Goes to the
Inside Operator
Cab
B–3864 B–4360
Insert eye of special tool (MEL1211) into groove of

molding [B]. B
Insert cord from front of the tool eye [B].
Slide the tool forward, following groove in the molding,
while inserting the cord into the tool eye [B].
Do not stretch cord.

When completed, cut excess cord, leaving a small
overlap. Push overlap into the groove to form a tight joint.
B–8281
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–MainFrameSystemSection
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page
Number
ALTERNATOR (Melroe)
Alternator Output Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–17
Alternator Regulator Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–18
Assembly (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–21
Disassembly and Inspection (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–19
Rectifier Continuity (Diode) Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–20
Rectifier (Diode) Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–17
Rotor Continuity Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–20
Rotor Ground Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–20
Stator Continuity Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–19
Stator Ground Test (New Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–19
ALTERNATOR (Motorola)
Belt Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–30
Brush Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–36
Checking the Alternator Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–31
Checking the Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–36
Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–32
Inspection of Rear Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–38
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–32

Replacing the Rear Rotor Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–37
Rotor Testing and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–37
Testing Diode–Trio & Rectifier Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–36
Troubleshooting the Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–30
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM (440)

Checking the Alternator Circuit (440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–10
Replacing the Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–11

Adjusting the Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–12
Checking the Alternator (443) (Early Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–12
Installing the Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–16
Removing the Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–13
Repairing the Alternator (Early Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–14
BATTERY
Checking the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Installing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Removing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–6
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4
Precautions for the Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–5
Safety Procedures for the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4
ENGINE WIRE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–9
OPERATOR CAB WIRE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–9

Installing the Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–9
Removing the Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–8
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Page
Number
STARTER (440)
Checking the Starter (440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–22
Installing the Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–25
Removing the Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–23
Repairing the Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–24
STARTER (443)
Checking the Starter (443) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–26
Installing the Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–29
Removing the Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–26
Repairing The Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–27
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–3
440, 443 & 443B Loader

171 of 340
172 of 340
173 of 340
174 of 340
175 of 340
176 of 340
177 of 340
178 of 340
179 of 340
180 of 340
181 of 340
182 of 340
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING
death.
W–2004–1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
Battery loses charge. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Alternator will not charge. 1, 2, 5
Starter will not turn the engine. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9

1. Alternator belt is loose or damaged (443).

2. Battery connections are dirty or loose.
3. Battery is defective.
4. The ground is not correct in the electrical system.

5. The alternator has a defect.
6. Engine seizure.
7. Starter has a defect.

8. Wiring or solenoid has a defect.
9. Fuse has a defect.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical Circuitry
A
There are two basic circuits in the electrical system of the
loader:
Charging Circuit
Alternator
Internal Regulator
Voltmeter
Battery
Starting Circuit
Starter
Solenoids
Battery A–2740
Safety Procedures for the Batteries

Lead acid type batteries contain sulfuric acid which will
damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear goggles to
avoid acid in the eyes. If acid contacts eyes, skin or
clothing first flush with water and then get immediate
medical attention for the eyes.

Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and
skin on contact. Wear goggles, protective
clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off
body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with
water for several minutes and get medical
attention in case of eye contact.
W–2065–1286

away from batteries. When ‘‘jumping’’ from
Lead acid type batteries produce hydrogen gas which is (negative) at engine frame.
very flammable and explosive. To avoid explosion, it is
necessary to observe battery polarities when making Do not jump start or charge a frozen battery.
connections and to keep arc, sparks, flames and lighted Warm battery to 60°F. (16°C.) before connecting
tobacco away from the battery [A]. When using an extra to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting
battery for jump start connections always follow these or disconnecting cables to battery.
two precautions:
When connecting extra battery for jump start always injury.
W–2066–0490
make the last connection (negative cable) to the engine
(never the battery).
When removing the jump start cables, always remove
the negative cable from the engine first.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Safety Procedures for the Batteries (Cont’d)
The vent for the batteries of this loader must not be
removed when the battery is being charged. The battery
has a vent cap which will decrease the possibility of the
battery being exploded by an external spark. Always
disconnect the ground cable from the battery before
charging the battery in the loader.
The battery fluid in a battery with a low charge may freeze
solid in cold weather. If the battery is frozen, it must be
heated at room temperature for several hours before a
charger is connected in order to avoid an explosion from
a frozen battery.
Precautions for the Alternator
DO NOT reverse the battery connections. This is a
negative ground system.
Connect the battery correctly.
DO NOT polarize the alternator.
DO NOT ground any of the wires from the alternator.

This loader is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.
Forestry Service approved spark arrestor
muffler. It is necessary to do maintenance on
this spark arrestor muffler to keep it in working
condition. The spark arrestor muffler must be
serviced by dumping the spark chamber every
100 hours of operation.
If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
brush or grass covered land, it must be
equipped with a spark arrestor attached to the
exhaust system and maintained in working
order. Failure to do so will be in violation of
California State Law, Section 4442 PRC.
Make reference to local laws and regulations for
spark arrestor requirements.
I–2022–1285
440, 443 & 443B Loader

BATTERY
Removing the Battery
A
procedure:
MEL1069 Battery Terminal Puller
Stop the engine. Open the rear door.
Remove the nut from the hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir
fill tube [A]. Move the fill tube to the side for clearance.
B–6225
Disconnect the ground cable from the battery on the 440

B
loader. On the 443 loader disconnect the ground cable
from the starter housing and from the battery negative 443
terminal [B]

B–6226
Disconnect the positive cable from the battery [C]. C
B–6227
Remove the nuts and bolts from the hold down clamp. D
Remove the hold down clamp from the battery [D].
B–6228
440, 443 & 443B Loader

BATTERY (Cont‘d)
Removing the Battery (Cont’d)
A
Remove the battery from the loader [A] or [B]. 440
Checking the Battery
To make a complete and safe check of the battery and to
see if the battery needs to be replaced, refer to the
CLARK EQUIPMENT BATTERY MANUAL (P/N
6566047).
The Battery Manual has all the information and
specifications needed for checking and servicing the
battery.
B–6232
Installing the Battery

Put the battery in the loader [A] or [B].
B
Install the battery hold down clamp. Install the bolts and 443
nuts.
Connect the positive cable to the battery.
Connect the negative cable to the battery on the 440

loader. Connect the ground cable to the starter housing
on the 443 loader.
Install the reservoir fill tube to the frame. Close the rear
door.
B–6230
440, 443 & 443B Loader

OPERATOR CAB WIRE HARNESS
Removing the Wire Harness
A
Open the rear door. Disconnect the negative cable from
the battery.
Disconnect the wire harness connector behind the seat
[A].
P–0755
Remove the rear light (optional). Disconnect the wires

from the light [B]. B

C–1024
Remove all the harness clips in the operator cab [C].

C
B–6233
Remove the nuts and bolts from the dash panel [D].
D
B–6234
440, 443 & 443B Loader

OPERATOR CAB WIRE HARNESS (Cont’d)
A
Removing the Wire Harness (Cont’d)
Remove the front lights (optional). Disconnect the wires
from the front lights [A].
Pull the dash panel down and remove the wires for the
front lights (optional) from the rubber grommets [B].
Remove the dash panel from the loader and put it on the
B–4495
work bench.
Locate the new wiring harness along side the dash panel.
Disconnect a wire from the dash panel, find the wire in the
B
new wiring harness and connect it to the same location.
NOTE: Also see the WIRING DIAGRAM at the front of

the Electrical Section.

Installing the Wire Harness
After the new wiring harness is installed in the dash panel,
make sure that all the terminals are tight.
Install the dash panel in the operator cab.
B–4501
Put the wires for the front lights (optional) through the
rubber grommets [B].
Put the dash panel in the correct position. Install the bolts
and nuts and tighten.
Connect the wires to the front lights (optional) [A]. Install
the front lights in the rubber mounting.
Install the harness clips in the operator cab.
Put the wires for the rear light (optional) through the
rubber grommet and connect the wires to the rear light.
Connect the wire harness behind the seat.
Connect the negative ground cable to the battery.
ENGINE WIRE HARNESS
It will be easier to install the new wiring harness on the
engine if the engine is removed from the loader. (See
Section 7A or 7B for the correct procedure.)
When installing a new wiring harness on the engine,
locate the new wiring harness by the engine. Disconnect
a wire from the engine (Example: Oil pressure sender)
find the same wire in the new wiring harness and connect
it to the same location.
NOTE: Also see the ENGINE WIRING DIAGRAM at

the front of the Electrical Section.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

This is a 15 amp. system (13 amps @ 3200 RPM) and has
A
a rectifier/regulator mounted on the number one side of
the blower housing (Item 1) [A]. There are no
adjustments possible in this alternator system and field
service is not recommended. All faulty parts must be
replaced.
The 15 amp alternator circuit has three major
components which are:
• Ceramic magnet permanently mounted in the inner
ring of the flywheel. 1
• Alternator stator mounted on the crankcase.
• Rectifier/Regulator.
B–6236


death.
W–2017–0286
NOTE: Always zero the ohmmeter scale to be used

before testing or you will not get a correct
reading.
PROBLEM TEST CONCLUSION
(1) Connect ammeter to the B+ lead (Page If 13.8 bolts or higher, place a 5 amp. load on
6–11 [A]. Check B+ (at terminal of the battery. If charge rate increases, the
rectifier/regulator) to ground with a DC alternator is OK. If charge rate does not
voltmeter. Run engine at full RPM, no load. increase, check for stator or
BATTERY rectifier/regulator defect. See TEST (2).
NOT
CHARGING (2) Disconnect both AC leads (Page 6–11 [A]) If voltage is less than 28 volts, the stator has
at the rectifier/regulator. Connect an AC a defect. If the voltage is more than 28 volts,
voltmeter across the leads. Check AC voltage. the rectifier/regulator is defective.
Run engine at full RPM, no load.
BATTERY (1) Check B+ to ground with CD voltmeter. Run If less than 14.7 volts, alternator is OK.
CHARGING engine at full RPM, no load. Battery can not hold charge. Check the
AT HIGH battery. If more than 14.7 volts
RATE rectifier/regulator is defective.*
NOTE: *Faulty ignition switch or poor connections can cause increased resistance and the rectifier/regulator
will not operate correctly.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Replacing the Stator
A 440
Remove the engine air shrouding from the flywheel. (See 1. Plug
Section 7A for the correct procedure.) 2. Ammeter (Used For Test Only)
3. Rectifier/Regulator
Remove the flywheel. (See Section 7A for the correct 4. Flywheel Alternator
procedure.) 5. Shutdown Control (Fuel Solenoid)
6. Spark Plugs
7. Points
8. Condenser
9. Coil
10. Starter
3
2
AC
B
AC
5
4
1

6
8
9
7
10
B–6251
Remove the bolts that hold the stator to the crankcase

[B]. B
Install a new stator, rotate the stator on the crankcase 440
until the clip that holds the leads together is between the
eight and ten o‘clock position.
Install the bolts and tighten.
Install the flywheel. (See Section 7A for the correct
procedure.)
Install the air shrouding. (See Section 7A for the correct
procedure.)
B–6237
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Adjusting the Alternator
A
Stop the engine. Open the rear door. 443
Loosen the three adjustment bolts [A]. Move the

alternator and bracket to the rear of the loader.
B–6112
Set the belt tension at 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) movement [B].

Tighten the adjustment bolts [A].
B
Close the rear door. 443
Checking the Alternator (443) (Early Models)

Put jackstands under the front axles and rear B–6143
death.
W–2017–0286
C #1 Terminal
#2 Terminal
Check the wiring harness as follows: BAT Terminal
Turn the key switch to the ON position.
Connect the voltmeter between the ground and the No.
1 terminal of the connector plug [C].
Connect the voltmeter between the ground and No. 2
terminal of the connector plug [C].
Connect the voltmeter between the ground and the BAT Test Hole
terminal (with the wire connected to the alternator) [C]. B–7277
If any of the test in last four steps shown zero voltage,

repair the wiring and check the voltage again.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR SYSTEM (443) (Cont’d)
Checking the Alternator (Cont’d)
A Test Hole
To check the alternator output, use the following

procedure:
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery.
Disconnect the BAT connection from the alternator and
connect it to one connector of an ammeter. Connect the
other side of the ammeter to the BAT terminal of the
alternator.
Connect the negative cable to the battery. B–2113
Make sure the fuel shut–off control is in the OFF position.

Turn the engine with the starter for 15 seconds in 3
intervals to lower the charge in the battery.
B
Start the engine and run it at full RPM.
The ammeter reading must be within 10% of the rated
amperage. (Rated amperage is 37 amps. @ 2750 RPM.)
If the reading is correct, the alternator is good. If the

reading is more or less than 10% of the rated amperage,
check the regulator.
To check the regulator, use the following procedure:
B–6238
Disconnect the BAT connection from the alternator and
connect it to one connector of an ammeter. Connect the
other side of the ammeter to the BAT terminal of the
alternator. C
Connect the negative cable to the battery.
Make sure the fuel shut–off control is in the OFF position.
Turn the engine with the starter for 15 seconds in 3
intervals to lower the charge in the battery.
Start the engine and run it at full RPM.
Put a small screwdriver in the test hole [A].
If the ammeter is within 10% of rated amperage (Rated
amperage is 37 amps. @ 2750 RPM) the regulator is
good. If the reading is not with 10% of rated amperage, B–6239
check the diode trio, rectifier, stator or rotor. (See Page
6–14.)
Removing the Alternator
D
Disconnect the ground cable from the stator housing.
Disconnect the ground cable from the main frame [B].
Remove the alternator bracket mounting bolts [C].
Remove the belt. Remove the alternator and bracket
assembly from the loader.
Disconnect the wires from the alternator [D].
B–6240
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR SYSTEM (443) (Cont’d) Check for
Repairing the Alternator (Early Models)
A Ground
Put a mark across the alternator case for correct

assembly.
Remove the pulley from the alternator.
Remove the four bolts that hold the case halves together.
Use a screwdriver to pry the case halves apart.
Remove the rotor from the housing.
Check for
Remove the three nuts that hold the stator wires to the Shorts and Opens
housing. Remove the stator. A–1857
Disconnect the diode trio.

Connect an ohmmeter between one slip ring and the
B Check for
Opens
Check for
Opens
shaft. There must be maximum resistance [A].
Connect the ohmmeter between both slip rings. There
must be 2.3 to 3 ohms of resistance. If there is not, there
is a defect in the rotor [A].
Connect a test light between the center wire and one of

the outside wires on the stator [B]. If the light does not
come ON there is a defect.
Connect the test light between the center wire and the
other side outside wire [B]. If the light does not come ON Check for
there is a defect.
Grounds
B–2108
Connect the test light between one of the wires and the
stator frame [B]. If the light comes ON there is a defect.
C
Do not use voltage which is more than circuit

voltage to check the diode trio or the rectifier on
the alternator.
I–2026–0284
Connect a DC test light between the single connection A–2382

and on one of the three connections [C]. Connect the
tester in the opposite direction. The light must come ON
in one direction, but not in the other direction.
Do the last step for the other diodes.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR SYSTEM (443) (Cont’d)
Repairing the Alternator (Early Models) (Cont’d)
A
Connect the test light between the center connections
and each outside connection. If the light comes ‘‘ON’’ on Insulated
either side, there is a defect. Heat Sink
Remove the rectifier from the alternator.

Connect a test light between one connection and
insulated heat sink [A]. Connect the test light in the other
direction. The light must come ON in one direction, but not
in the other direction.
Connect the test light between the same connection and
the ground heat sink [A]. Connect the tester in the other
direction. The light must come ON in one direction, but not
in the other direction.
Do the last two steps on both the other connections. If any
of the tests are bad, replace the rectifier assembly. Grounded
Heat Sink
Install the rectifier.

B–2101
B–2102
If the regulator is removed, make sure when installing it

to replace the two insulated washers and spacers [B]. B Insulated Washers
Install the diode trio.

Install the stator and connect the wires.
B–2128
Install the new brushes and put a piece of straight wire

through the housing to hold the brushes in the up position C
[C].
Install the rotor and remove the wire which is holding the
brushes.
Put the case halves together and install the bolts and
tighten.
Install the pulley and tighten the nut to 50 ft.–lbs. (68 Nm)
torque.
B–2097
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR SYSTEM (443) (Cont‘d)
Install the Alternator
A
Connect the wires to the alternator [A].
Install the alternator and bracket assembly into the
loader.
B–6240
Install the belt. Install the bracket bolts [B].

Adjust the belt. (See Page 6–12.)
B
Tighten all the bolts.

B–6239
Connect the ground cables [C].

Close the rear door. C
B–6238
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR (Melroe)
A REAR VIEW OF ALTERNTOR
Test the alternator using the following three procedures:
a. Alternator Output Test
b. Rectifier (Diode) Test
c. Alternator Regulator Test
Alternator Output Test (New Style)
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear MC–1813

death.
B
W–2017–0286
1
Lift and block the loader.
2
Disconnect the negative (–) cable from the battery.
Disconnect the red wire (Item 1) [B] from the alternator.

Connect that wire to the negative (–) side of the ammeter.
Connect the positive (+) side of the ammeter to the output
terminal on the alternator (Item 2) [B].
Disconnect the fuel stop solenoid connector. P–3443
Connect the negative (–) cable to the battery.

Turn on the lights and crank the engine for 30 seconds to C Output
Terminal
discharge the battery.
Connect the fuel stop solenoid, start the engine and run
at 2600 RPM.
The ammeter reading should be between 45–55 amps. at
2600 RPM.
1
If the reading is low, remove the screws and pull the
regulator cover away from the alternator.
Rectifier (Diode) Test (New Style) Regulator
Terminal
The alternator is removed from the loader for clarity P–1304
purposes [C].
Install the wires in their original location on the back of the
alternator.
Connect a jumper wire (Item 1) [C] to the alternator output
terminal and the regulator terminal.
Connect the battery negative (–) cable.
Start the engine and run at 2600 RPM.
If the reading is within 45–55 amps. at 2600 RPM replace
the rectifier (diode) assembly or replace the alternator.
If the reading is low, do the Alternator Regulator Test.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR (Melroe) (Cont’d)
A
Alternator Regulator Test (New Style)
Positive
Negative
When an engine is running in an enclosed

area, fresh air must be added to avoid
concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine
is stationary, vent the exhaust outside.
Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
P–3442
W–2050–1285
Connect the positive (+) voltmeter lead to the positive (+)

battery terminal [A].
B
Connect the negative (–) voltmeter lead to the negative
(–) battery terminal [A].
Start the engine and run at 1500–2000 RPM. Ground
Stud
The voltmeter should read between 13.9–14.7 volts.

If the reading is low stop the engine and disconnect the
battery negative (–) cable. Brush
Terminal
The alternator is removed from the loader for clarity
purposes [B]. 1
P–1364
Remove the wires from the back of the alternator.
Remove the regulator cover from the back of the
alternator.
Install the wires on the back of the alternator.
Connect a jumper wire (Item 1) [B] from the brush
terminal to the ground stud.
Connect the negative (–) battery cable and start the
engine. Run at 1500 RPM.
If the voltmeter reading is 14.5 or above replace the
regulator.
If the voltmeter reading is below 14.5, repair or replace the
alternator.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

1. Nut 9. Rectifier (Diode)
Disassembly and Inspection (New Style)
A 2. Pulley 10. Case Half (Rear)
3. Fan 11. Condenser Assy.
Disassemble the alternator (See Parts Identification) [A]. 4. Bolt 12. Strap
5. Case Half (Front) 13. Regulator
Remove the regulator cover and regulator. 6. Bearing 14. Brush
7. Rotor 15. Cover
Remove the four bolts holding halves together. 8. Stator
Pry the halves apart (use a press if needed).

Use a soft jaw vise to hold rotor while removing pulley nut.
2 3
Remove the front case half from the rotor using a plastic 1
hammer or press.
Unsolder the stator leads from the rectifier. Remove the 4 8
stator.
6 7
12
13

11 14
10
9
15 C–3312
Stator Continuity Test (New Style)

B
Use an ohmmeter to test the stator.
Touch the probes to two of the bare stator wires [B].
Move one of the probes to the third wire.
The readings should be the same.
If there is no continuity, replace the stator.
P–1369
Stator Ground Test (New Style)

C
Touch one probe to a bare stator lead and the other probe
to the bare metal surface of the stator [C].
There should be no continuity.
Replace the stator if there is continuity.
P–1386
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Rotor Continuity Test (New Style)
Touch the probes to the slip rings [A].
The ohmmeter should read between 3.065–33.85 ohms.
If there is no continuity replace the rotor.
P–1365
Rotor Ground Test (New Style)

Touch one probe to one of the slip rings and the other
B
probe to the rotor shaft [B].
There should be no continuity.
Replace the rotor if there is continuity.

P–1378
Rectifier Continuity (Diode) Test (New Style)
NOTE: In the diode tests there should be continuity

C
in one direction only. If the diode being
tested shows no continuity or continuity in
both directions, replace the rectifier
assembly.
Touch the probes to the terminals of each diode and read
the meter [C].
Reverse the probes to check the diode in the other
direction.
There should be continuity in one direction only.
P–1373
Touch one probe to the diode and the other probe to the
connected heatsink and read the meter [D]. D
direction.
P–1370
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Rectifier Continuity (Diode) Test (New Style) (Cont’d)
A
Touch one probe to the diode and the other probe to the
connected heatsink and read the meter [A].
direction.
P–1390
Assembly (New Style) B

Reverse the order of disassembly.
Do not assemble the rear case half.
Place the rotor in soft jaws when tightening the shaft nut.
Tighten to 50 ft.–lbs. (68 Nm) torque [B].

Install the rear case half and the remaining parts.
P–1808
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STARTER (440)
Checking the Starter (440)
The following chart is problems which can most often
occur during normal use. If the corrections do not solve
the problem, repair or replace the starter.
POSSIBLE
PROBLEM FAULT CORRECTION
Wiring 1. Clean corroded connections – tighten loose connections.

STARTER 2. Replace wires in poor condition – frayed or broken insulation.
DOES NOT
TURN Starter Switch Bypass the switch or solenoid with a jumper wire – if starter cranks
or Solenoid normally, replace either part.

Battery Check specific gravity of battery – if low, recharge or replace as
needed.
STARTER Battery Check specific gravity of battery – if low, recharge or replace as

TURNS needed.
SLOWLY
Brushes Check for excessively dirty or worn brushes and commutator.
Clean or replace brushes if worn.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STARTER (440) (Cont’d)
Removing the Starter
A
Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Remove the engine and hydrostatic pump assembly from
the loader. (See Page 7A–1 for the correct procedure.)
Remove the hydrostatic pump from the mounting
bracket. (See Page 3–1 for the correct procedure.)
Remove the air shrouding from the No. 2 cylinder [A].
B–6241
Remove the cable from the starter [B]. B

B–6242
Remove the starter bolts [C].

C
B–6243
Remove the starter [D].

D
B–6244
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STARTER (440) (Cont‘d)
Repairing the Starter
A
Mark the end caps (Item 1 & 6) [A] to the frame (Item 4)
[A] for correct assembly.
Hold the drive pinion in a vise. Remove the dust shield 1
(Item 11) [A]. 4
12 3
6
7
8 9
10
5
DO NOT over–tighten the vise on the drive 2
pinion.
11
Remove the nut (Item 10) [A].
1. End Cap
Remove the drive pinion assembly [A]. 2. Brush Ass’y
3. Magnets
Remove the thru bolts (Item 12) [A]. 4. Frame
5. Armature
Remove the end cap (Item 1) [A] from the armature (Item 6. Drive End Cap

5) [A]. The brush springs will fall out when removed from 7 Drive Pinion
the commutator. 8. Shield Retainer
9. Anti–Drift Spring
Check the commutator. Clean or cut with a lathe. 10. Pinion Stop Nut
11. Dust Shield
Replace the brushes as follows: 12. Thru Bolts C–2793
Remove the nut from the positive stud terminal.
Remove the stud and brush through the inside of the end
cap.
B
Install a new stud terminal and brush assembly.
Remove the nut for the insulated brush. Remove the
brush.
Install a new insulated brush and tighten the nut.
Install the armature (Item 5) [A] into the frame (Item 4)
[A].
Install the drive end cap (Item 6) [A].
To keep the brushes in position so they will fit over the B–6249
commutator as the end cap is installed, use a brush
holder [B].
Install the end cap (Item 1) [A]. Install the thru bolts (Item
12) [A] and tighten.
Clean the drive pinion with clean solvent. Dry with air. Use
starter drive lubricant and lubricate the drive.
Install the drive pinion assembly (Item 7) [A].
Put a small amount of LocTite 242 on the nut threads.
Tighten the nut (Item 10) [A] to 160 in.–lbs. (18 Nm)
torque.
Install the dust shield (Item 11) [A].
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694– ElectricalSystemSectionPart1of2
Installing the Starter

A
Install the starter in the engine [A]. Install the starter bolts
and tighten [B].
B–6244

B–6243
Connect the starter cable [C]. Install the air shrouding on

the engine [D].
C
Install the hydrostatic pump assembly on the mounting
brackets. (See Page 3–44 for the correct procedure.)
Install the engine in the loader. (See Page 7A–1 for the
correct procedure.)
B–6242
B–6241
440, 443 & 443B Loader

STARTER (443) Jumper
Checking the Starter (443)
A Wire
Make sure the ignition is in the OFF position. Make sure Bat
the battery has a full charge and the cables are clean and S
tight. M
Connect a jumper wire between the S connection and

BAT connection [A]. If the starter turns, but the engine
does not turn, the defect is in the starter drive. If the starter Cranking
does not turn go to next step. Motor
A–1992
Connect the jumper wire between the M terminal and the

BAT terminal [B]. If the starter turns, there is a defect in
the solenoid.
B
Bat
S
M
Cranking

Motor
A–1991
Removing the Starter

Stop the engine. Open the rear door. C
Remove the wires from the solenoid [C].
B–6245
Remove the wire harness clip form the rear starter

bracket [D]. D
B–6246
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Starter (Cont’d)
A
Remove the bolts from the rear starter bracket and
remove the bracket from the starter [A].
B–6247
Remove the starter bolts [B]. Remove the starter from the
engine. B

B–6248
Repairing the Starter [C]

Disconnect the connector link between the solenoid and C
the starter.
Remove the solenoid bolts (Item 1) that fasten the
solenoid to the drive end of the starter. 2
5 6
Remove the solenoid (Item 2).
1
7 4
Remove the bolt (Item 3) and remove the shift fork (Item
4).
Remove the bolts (Item 5) from the end cap (Item 6).
14
Remove the shim washers (Item 7) from the armature
(Item 8) shaft at the commutator end.
11
Remove the armature, complete with the internal thrust
washer (Item 9) and the drive assembly (Item 10) through
the drive end of the starter frame. 8
12 3
13
Remove the thrust washer (Item 11) from the commutator
end of the armature shaft.
10 15
Remove the drive stop ring (Item 12) thrust collar (Item
13) and slide the drive assembly off the armature shaft. 9
Use a brush and air pressure to clean the drive, field coils,
armature, front plate and rear housing.
NOTE: DO NOT use solvent to clean the drive

assembly because the solvent will remove
the lubricant and the drive will slip.
B–1192
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Repairing the Starter (Cont’d)
Inspect the armature for broken or burned insulation and
loose connection at the commutator.
Check the armature for open and grounded circuits [A] &
[B].
Check the armature shaft and bearings for damage and
wear. If the commutator is rough, cut it in a lathe.
Check the brush holders for broken springs and for
broken insulation.
A–1995

A–1994
Inspect the field coils for burns or broken insulation and

electrical continuity [C]. C
Check the starter drive gear for tooth wear. The starter
drive gear must engage more than 1/2 the depth of the
ring gear teeth on the flywheel.
B–2122
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Repairing the Starter (Cont’d)
C
Put a small amount of grease on the shaft of the armature
(Item 8) [A]. Install the drive assembly (Item 10) [A] and 2
install the thrust collar (Item 13) [A] and stop ring (Item
12) [A]. 5 6
1
Install the thrust washer (Item 11) [A] on the shaft of the 7 4
armature.
Install the armature into the starter housing.
Install the brushes (Item 14) [A] and install the end plate 14
on the starter housing.
Put a small amount of grease in the bushing (Item 15) [A] 11
and install the drive housing end.
8
Install the bolts (Item 5) [A] and tighten. Check the end 12
play of the starter. If there is to much end play or not 13 3
enough, add or remove shims (Item 17) [A] at the drive
end of the armature.
10 15
Install the shift fork (Item 4) [A] and pivot bolt (Item 3) [A]. 9
Tighten the bolt.

Install the solenoid (Item 2) [A]. Install the bolts and
tighten.
Connect the link between the solenoid and the starter.
Installing the Starter B–1192
Install the starter in the flywheel housing. Install the bolts

and tighten.
Install the rear bracket on the starter. Install the bolts and
tighten.
Install the harness clip on the rear starter bracket.
Connect the wires to the solenoid.
Connect the negative cable to the battery.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR (Motorola)
A
Belt Tension
To adjust the belt tension, use the following procedure:
Loosen the alternator adjusting bolts (Item 1) [A]. 1
CD–9150
Move the alternator to give the belt about 3/8’’ (9,5 mm)
deflection with about 20 lbs. (89 N) force between the
pulleys [B].
B
Tighten the adjusting bolt. Close the rear door.

CD–9149
Troubleshooting the Alternator
PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION
Battery undercharged 1. Defective cables, corroded 1. Check, clean or replace as

–Voltmeter indicates discharge. battery terminals, etc. needed.
2. Loose or broken belt. 2. Check belt.
3. Worn or broken brushes. 3. Replace brush assembly.
4. Defective alternator system. 4. Refer to Checking the
Alternator.
5. Defective wire harness. 5. Check wiring harness.
Battery overcharges 1. Defective wire harness. 1. & 2. Refer to Checking the
–Excessive use of water 2. Defective alternator system. Alternator.
–voltmeter indicates more than 3. Bad ground. 3. Check ground connection.
14.5 bolts (engine @ idle RPM) 4. Broken sense lead. 4. Check, clean or repair as
needed.
Battery charges at idle, but 1. Slipping belts. 1. Check belt and adjust tension or
discharges under load replace as needed.
conditions. 2. Alternator defective. 2. Disassemble, check diodes.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ALTERNATOR (Motorola) (Cont’d)
Checking the Alternator Output
A
AVOID INJURY
Never service or adjust the machine when the
engine is running unless instructed to do so in
the manual.
W–2012–1285
Lift and block the loader. Open the rear door.
NOTE: Engine is at idle RPM unless otherwise

specified. OPEN DIODE–TRIO TEST PI–5902
BATTERY OVERCHARGED
Regulator shorted, replace regulator

TEST NO. 2 – OPEN DIODE–TRIO TEST [A].
With the key switch ‘‘ON’’ and engine NOT running (no
electrical load), check for battery voltage at terminal
(Item 1) and 1.5–3.0 volts at terminal (Item 2). Connect
a jumper wire (Item 3) to the terminals (Items 1 & 2). Start
the engine and run at idle. If charging voltage is present
at terminal (Item 1), the diode–trio is defective and
alternator needs repair.
TEST NO. 2 – OPEN REGULATOR TEST [B].

B
Remove the back cover from the alternator. With key
switch ‘‘ON’’ and engine NOT running. Check for battery
voltage at terminals (Item 1 & 2). Connect jumper wire
(Item 3) between field and ground. If 1.5–3.0 volts is
present at terminal (Item 2) and light is on, a defective
regulator is indicated. If light is not on, it is an open field
circuit (brushes, slip–rings, etc.), repair the alternator.
REGULATOR TEST
(BACK COVER REMOVED) PI–5903
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TEST NO. 3 – HARNESS VOLTAGE TEST [A].
A
Disconnect harness from sense terminal and connect
voltmeter leads. Voltmeter would indicate battery voltage
(approximately 12.6 volts). If voltage is zero, the harness
sense wire is defective and must be repaired or replaced.
PI–5904
TEST NO. 4 – ALTERNATOR OUTPUT TEST [B].

After voltmeter is connected, start the engine and run at
B
approximately 1500 RPM. Turn on the work lights. Check
for output voltage between 13.8–14.8 for proper
operating charging system (voltage may vary due to
ambient temperature variations).
Removal and Installation

Stop the engine.
Disconnect the alternator connector from the wiring
harness. PI–5905
Disconnect the wire from the alternator battery terminal.

Remove the adjusting bolts (Item 1) [C]. C
Remove the belt from the alternator pulley.
Remove the alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) [C]. 2
Remove the alternator from the mounting bracket.
1
CD–9150
Disassembly and Assembly

Remove the (2) nuts (Item 1) [D] and take the wires (Item D
2) [D] from the terminal posts.
1
P–8016
440, 443 & 443B Loader

21296
Revised Jan. of 340 –6–32– Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d)
A 2
Remove the (2) nuts (Item 1) [A] and the screw (Item 2)
[A] lift the cover (Item 3) [A] from the alternator.
P–8017
Remove the nut (Item 1) [B] from the terminal marked L2.
Remove the (2) screws (Item 2) [B] and remove the
B
regulator assembly from the alternator. 1
Assembly: Install the brush holder into the groove in the
housing. Install the terminal end of wire on to the stud
marked L2 and fasten with the nut, fasten the brush
holder with the screws.

2
P–8018
Remove the nut (Item 1) [C] and the holder (Item 2) [C]
from the terminal marked P. C
1 2
Remove the nut (Item 3) [C] the eyelet from the
condenser (Item 5) [C] and holder (Item 4) [C] from the 5
terminal marked B.
Remove the nut (Item 6) [C] and lift the condenser (Item
5) [C] from the assembly. 6
3 4
P–8019
Remove the nut (Item 1) [D], spring washer (Item 2) [D],

flat washer (Item 3) [D], pulley (Item 4) [D], spacers (Item D
5) [D] and fan (Item 6) [D] from the shaft.
6
Assembly: Tighten the nut on the pulley to 35–50 ft.–lbs. 4
(47–68 Nm) torque. Spin the rotor by hand to check the 1 3
bearing for free movement.
5 5
2
P–8020
440, 443 & 443B Loader

213 of Jan.
Revised 340 96 –6–33– Service Manual
ALTERNATOR (Motorola) (Cont‘d)
A 1
1
Remove the (4) four thru–bolts (Item 1) [A],
Assembly: Install the thru–bolts and tighten to 50–60
in.–lbs. (5,7–6,6 Nm) torque.
1
P–8021
Carefully install two screwdrivers in opposite openings

between the stator and front housing and pry units apart
B
[B].
NOTE: Do not insert screwdriver blades deeper than

1/16’’ (1,6 Nm) to avoid damage to the stator
windings.

P–8022
Remove the (3) three bolts (Item 1) [C] and the retainer
plate (Item 2) [C] from the front housing (Item 3) [C]. C
3
Assembly: Tighten the screws to 25–35 in.–lbs. (2,8–4,0
Nm) torque. 1
2
P–8023
Position the housing on blocks [D]. Using a tool that

contacts the inner race of the bearing, press the front D
bearing out.
Assembly: Select a driver tool that contacts the outer
race of the bearing.
P–8024
440, 443 & 443B Loader

21496
A
Position the housing on support block on a press and
push the rotor assembly from the housing.
Assembly: Position in press and press the rotor
assembly into the housing [A].
P–8025
Remove the screw (Item 1) [B] and lift the stator and
rectifier out of housing as one unit.
B

1
P–8026
Un–solder the (3) three wires (Item 1) [C] from the stator
(Item 2) [C] and the rectifier (Item 3) [C] and separate. C 2
3
P–8027
Remove the O–ring (Item 1) [D] from the housing.

D
P–8028
440, 443 & 443B Loader

215 of Jan.
A
Un–solder the rotor leads (Item 1) [A] from the slip ring
terminals.
Carefully unwind the ends of the rotor soil leads from the
slip ring terminals [A].
P–8029
Position the bearing puller and pull the slip ring (Item 1)
[B], plastic washer (Item 2) [B] and bearing (Item 3) [B]
B
off of the shaft.
Assembly: Press the bearing and slip ring separately. 1
NOTE: Be careful with wires.
2

3
P–8030
Slip ring (Item 1) [C], plastic washer (Item 2) [C] and

bearing (Item 3) [C]. C
1 3
2 2
P–8031
Install the plastic washer (Item 1) [D].

D
P–8032
440, 443 & 443B Loader

21696
A
Place the rotor on blocks on the press. Install the new
bearing. Press the bearing down [A].
P–8033
Install the plastic washer and guide the rotor leads

through the groove in the slip ring and align the slip ring
B
groove and the groove on the shaft.
Put the rotor on blocks in a press [B].
Install the correct size driver that clears the rotor leads.
Press the slip ring assembly onto the shaft. Solder the
rotor leads onto the slip rings.

P–8034
440, 443 & 443B Loader

217 of Jan.
440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694– ElectricalSystemSectionPart2of2
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SERVICE
Page
Number
ENGINE SERVICE (KOHLER–440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–3
ENGINE SERVICE (KOHLER–443) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–1

ENGINE
SERVICE
KOHLER (440)
KOHLER (443)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

219 of 340 –7A–1– Service Manual
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SERVICE (440)
Page
Number
CARBURETOR AND GOVERNOR
Carburetor Adjustment on the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–21
Adjusting the Carburetor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–25
Carburetor (Fixed Main Jet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–25
Choke Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–27
Float Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–28
Governor and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–24
Throttle Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–27
Idle Fuel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–21
Idle Speed Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–22
Main Fuel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–21
Reconditioning the Carburetor (Disassembly & Assembly) . . . . . . . . . 7A–23
Shutdown Control Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–22
ENGINE AND ATTACHING PARTS

Engine Muffler Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–15
Engine Muffler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–16
Installing the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–11
Oil Cooler Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–15
Oil Cooler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–15

Removing the Engine (Later Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–11
Removing the Engine (Early Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–7
IGNITION SYSTEM
Breaker Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–17
Compression Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–20
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–18
Ignition Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–18
Static Ignition Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–18
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–17
Timing Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–19
Valve & Tappet Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–20
RECONDITIONING THE ENGINE KOHLER (440)
Assembling the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–34
Connecting Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–33
Crankshaft and Connecting Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–33
Crankshaft Crankpin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–33
Crankshaft Main Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–33
Cylinder Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–32
Cylinder Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–32
Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–31
Engine Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–29
Governor Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–34
Oil Pump Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–34
Piston and Piston Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–33
Ring–Side Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–33
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–32
Valve Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–32
Valve Seat Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–32
Valve Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–32
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A–5
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

TROUBLESHOOTING
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel
only.
Check for correct function after adjustments,
repairs or service. Failure to make correct
death.
W–2004–1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
Slow cranking speed. 1, 2, 3, 4, 48, 49

Engine will not start. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 27, 28, 29, 30,
48, 49
Difficult to start. 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 26, 27, 28,
29, 30
No power from the engine. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 27, 28,

29, 30, 48, 49
Engine is mis–firing. 7, 8, 9, 10, 14, 16, 17, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30
Too much fuel consumption. 7, 11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30
Black exhaust. 7, 11, 14, 16, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 30
Low oil pressure. 4, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 46
Engine knocking. 9, 16, 23, 25, 26, 28, 30,, 32, 41, 47
Engine running rough. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 17, 18, 20, 23, 25, 26, 27, 30, 41, 47
Vibration. 14, 15, 17, 20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 30, 41, 43
High oil pressure. 4, 34, 37
Overheating. 11, 16, 21, 41, 42

Too much crankcase pressure. 22, 28, 30, 31, 41 ,44
Poor compression. 16, 22, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31
Start and stop. 10, 11, 12
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TROUBLESHOOTING (Cont’d)
DESCRIPTION OF THE CAUSE
1. Battery capacity low. 25. Incorrect valve tappet adjustment.

2. Bad electrical connection. 26. Sticking valves.
3. Faulty starter motor. 27. Spark plug gap not correct.
4. Incorrect grade of oil. 28. Worn cylinder bores.

5. Low cranking speed. 29. Worn valves and seats.
6. Fuel tank empty. 30. Broken, worn or sticking piston rings.
7. Ignition system has damage. 31. Worn valve stems or guides.

8. Plugged fuel line. 32. Worn or damaged bearings.
9. Faulty fuel lift pump. 33. Not enough oil in the oil pan.

10. Plugged fuel filter. 34. Gauge is not correct.
11. Restriction in the air cleaner. 35. Oil pump is worn.
12. Wrong starting procedure. 36. Pressure relief valve is open.

13. Choke not completely closed. 37. Pressure relief is sticking closed.
14. Choke not completely opened. 38. Broken relief valve spring.
15. Carburetor is dirty or has a defect. 39. Faulty suction pipe.

16. Incorrect valve timing. 40. Plugged oil filter.
17. Poor compression. 41. Piston seizure.
18. Plugged fuel tank vent. 42. Damaged fan.

19. Dirt or water in the fuel. 43. Faulty engine mounting.
20. Sticking or restricted throttle. 44. Plugged breather pipe.

21. Exhaust pipe restriction. 45. Valve stem seals damaged.
22. Cylinder head gasket leaking. 46. Plugged oil pump pipe strainer.
23. Overheating. 47. Broken valve spring.

24. Governor adjustment not correct. 48 Auxiliary hydraulics engaged.
49. Hydrostatic drive not in neutral.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE & ATTACHING PARTS
Removing the Engine (Early Model)
A
NOTE: (Early Model Loaders) the engine and
hydrostatic pumps are removed from the
loader as an assembly.
Use the following procedure to remove the engine from

the loader.
B–6264
B
death.
W–2017–0286

Open the rear door and clean the area around the engine.
Remove the battery from the loader. (See Page 6–1 for
the correct procedure.) B–6265
Remove the engine ground cable at the intake manifold

[A].
C
Disconnect the wire harness [B]. Disconnect the wire at
the rectifier/regulator [C].
B–6266
Remove the solenoid from the engine side shield [D].

D
B–6267
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE & ATTACHING PARTS (Cont’d)
A R.H.
Removing the Engine (Early Model) (Cont‘d)
Remove the bolts at the engine side shield and remove
the side shield from the loader [A].
B–6268
Remove the air cleaner hose [B]. B

B–6269
Disconnect the throttle linkage from the pivot bracket and

the throttle and remove the linkage [C]. C
Disconnect the choke cable from the choke lever and
intake manifold.
Remove the oil cooler (See Page 7A–1 for correct
procedure).
B–6270
Remove the engine side shields (left side) from the loader R.H.
[D]. D
Remove the fluid from the hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir
(See Page 1–1 for the correct procedure).
B–6271
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Engine (Early Model) (Cont’d)
A
Disconnect the inlet hose from the hydraulic pump [A].
procedure.)
B–6272
engine [B].
B

B–6273

C Pump Motors
hydrostatic pump [C].
Remove the high pressure hoses from the hydrostatic
motors (both sides) [C].
B–6303 B–6304
Remove the outlet hose from the hydraulic pump [D].

D
B–6305
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE & ATTACHING PARTS (Cont‘d)
Removing the Engine (Early Model) (Cont’d)
A
Disconnect the charge pressure hose from the
B–6306
Remove the bolt, washers and nuts (both sides) form the
hydrostatic pump mounting brackets [B].
B

B–6307
Remove the rear engine mount bolts (two) [C].

C
B–6274
Install the engine removal table (made locally) (Item 1) [D]

on the loader frame. D
Lift the engine with pry bars on the table.
Remove the engine from the loader [D].
NOTE: To remove the hydrostatic pump assembly

from the engine mounting plate, see Page
1
B–6275
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Engine
A
NOTE: To install the hydrostatic pump assembly on
the engine mounting plate, see Page 3–1 for
the correct procedure.
Slide the engine into the loader until the mounting holes
are in correct alignment. (See Page 7A–10.)
Remove the table from the loader frame.
Install the rear engine mount bolts and tighten.
Install the washers at the front mounts. Install the bolts
and nuts and tighten. (See Page 7A–10.) B–6264
Connect the charge pressure hose and tighten.

Install and tighten the high pressure hoses on the B
hydrostatic motors and the hydrostatic pumps.
Connect the outlet hose to the hydrostatic pump. (See
Page 7A–10.)
Connect the fuel line. Install the front shield. (See Page
7A–9.)

Connect and tighten the inlet hose to the hydraulic pump.
Connect the choke cable to the carburetor. Install the
throttle linkage. Install the air cleaner hose.
Removing the Engine (Later Model) B–6265
NOTE: Later model loaders engine can be removed

without the hydrostatic pump due to a slotted
engine mounting plate. C
the loader.

service, jackstands must be put under the rear B–6266
injury or death.
W–2014–0895 D
Open the rear door and clean the area around the
engine.
Remove the battery from the loader. (See Page 6–1 for
Remove the engine ground cable from the intake
manifold [A].
Disconnect the wire harness [B]. Disconnect the wire
from the rectifier/regulator [C].
Remove the solenoid from the engine side shield [D]. B–6267
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Engine (Later Model) (Cont’d)
A
Remove the bolts from the engine side shield and remove
the side shield [A].
B–6268
Remove the air cleaner hose [B]. B

B–6269
Disconnect the throttle linkage from the pivot bracket and

remove the linkage [C]. C
Disconnect the choke cable from the choke lever and
intake manifold.
Remove the oil cooler. (See Page 7A–15 for correct
procedure.)
B–6270
engine [D]. D
B–6273
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A 5/8’’
Removing the Engine (Later Model) (Cont’d) 1/2’’ 3–1/4’’
To hold the tension pulley while the drive belt is removed,
bend a 3/16’’ diameter rod to the approximate dimensions
shown [A].
45°
2–1/4’’
90°
1–3/4’’
P–3441
Use a wrench (Item 1) [B] to lift the tension pulley. B

Remove the drive belt and install the rod (Item 2) [B], one 2
the top edge of the mounting plate.
Engine
Removal

Slot
P–3440
Remove the rear engine mount bolts (two) [C]. C
B–6274
Install the engine removal table (made locally) (Item 1) [D]

on the loader frame. D
Use pry bars to help lift the engine on the table.
Remove the engine from the loader [D].

from the engine mounting plate, see Page
1
B–6275
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Engine (Later Model) (Cont’d)
Install the side shields (left side) in the loader.
Install the oil cooler. (See Page 7A–15.)
Install the starter solenoid.
Connect the wire harness and rectifier/regulator wire.
Connect the ground cable.
Install the battery. (See Page 6–1 for the correct
procedure.)
1–1 for the correct fluid.)
procedure.)
Check the engine oil, add as needed.
Close the rear door. Remove the jackstands from under
the loader frame.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Oil Cooler Removal
A
Remove the hoses from the oil cooler [A].
Remove the bolts from the bottom of the oil cooler B–6276
mounting bracket [B].

B–6277
Turn the mounting bracket up for clearance. Remove the

oil cooler from the loader [C]. C
Oil Cooler Installation
Install the oil cooler in the loader [C].
Install the bolt in the mounting bracket and tighten [B].
Tighten the bolt which fastens the mounting bracket to the
oil cooler.
Install the hoses and tighten [A].
Check the hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir, add fluid as
needed.
B–6278
Start the engine, check for leaks.
D
Engine Muffler Removal
Stop the engine, open the rear door.
NOTE: Make sure the muffler is cool before

removing it.
Remove the muffler shield [D].
Remove the shield from the top of the muffler.
B–6282
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Muffler Removal (Cont’d)
A
Remove the u–clamps [A].
B–6290
Remove the muffler [B]. B

NOTE: If there is not enough clearance to remove
the muffler with this method, remove the
exhaust manifolds from the engine.
Engine Muffler Installation

Install the muffler on the exhaust manifold [B].
Install the u–clamps and tighten [A].
Install the muffler shield and tighten the bolts.
B–6288
440, 443 & 443B Loader

IGNITION SYSTEM
The basic components of the battery ignition systems are
A
the battery, ignition coil, condenser, breaker points and
spark plugs [A].
Spark Plugs
Every 100 hours of loader operation, remove the spark
plugs and check the condition and gap, use the following
procedure:
Clean the area around the spark plug.
Remove the spark plugs from the engine [B]. B

Examine the spark plugs for deposits which could indicate
the condition of the rings, valves, carburetor and ignition
system.
The correct spark plug gap is 0.0025’’ (0,635 mm). Bend
the outside (grounded) electrode only.

NOTE: Best performance can be obtained from the
engine if new spark plugs are installed in
pairs.
Install the spark plugs and tighten to 10–15 ft.–lbs. (14–20

Nm) torque.
B–6289
Breaker Points
Use the following procedure to remove, install and adjust
C
the points.
Remove the cover over the breaker points [C].
Remove the screws which fasten the points.
Disconnect the condenser wire.
NOTE: Before new points are installed, make sure

the contacts are clean.
Install the new breaker points.

B–6291
Use a feeler gauge and set the breaker point gap to

0.017–0.023’’ (0,43–0,58 mm) [D]. D
After the points are installed and gap adjusted, the engine
must be timed, see Page 7A–18 for the correct
procedure.
B–6411
440, 443 & 443B Loader

IGNITION SYSTEM (Cont’d)
Condenser
A Build–Up on
Movable Contact
Build–up on
Stationary
Contact
If the capacity of the condenser is too low, metal will be
transferred from the non–moveable breaker point to the
moveable contact. If the capacity is to high, metal will
build–up on the non–moveable contact [A]. Replace the
condenser.
Ignition Coil
Could Indicate
Could Indicate Excess
NOTE: To remove the high tension wires from the Insufficient
coil tower, use the following procedure: Capacitance
Capacitance
a. Remove the boot from the coil tower.
A–2862
b. Turn the wire counterclockwise while
pulling out to remove the end from the
coil.
B
Check the ignition parts with the engine stopped. Check
the continuity of the primary winding by connecting an
ohmmeter at the (+) and (–) terminals [B]. The reading on
the Rx1 scale must be 4–5 ohms at room temperature.

B–6352
To check the secondary resistance, connect a test lead to

each of the high tension terminals [C]. The reading on the
C
Rx100 scale must be between 9,500–11,500 ohms on a
good coil. The coil must be replaced if it does not pass the
checks.
NOTE: The coil could pass these tests and still break
down under operating conditions.
Static Ignition Timing

Make sure the ignition is in the OFF position.
Disconnect the wires from the spark plugs.
B–6353
Remove the breaker point cover.
Connect an ohmmeter or continuity tester to the beaker
point terminal and to the ground.
Rotate the engine by hand in normal rotation (Clockwise
viewed from the flywheel end).
When the light goes OUT or the ohmmeter reads infinity
ohms, the points are just starting to open.
The S mark on the flywheel must be directly opposite the
roll pin in the #1 cylinder timing hole.
If the S mark is above or below the roll pin, adjust the
points until the S mark is directly opposite the roll pin.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Timing Light
A
Remove the wire from the #1 spark plug.
Connect the timing light high tension lead between the
spark plug and the spark plug wire.
Connect the other wires from the timing light to the (+) and
(–) terminals of the battery.
Rotate the crankshaft by hand until the S mark can be
seen in the #1 cylinder timing hole. Mark it with chalk.
B–6412

death.
W–2017–0286

Start the engine. Run the engine at 1200–1800 RPM.
Point the timing light at the timing hole [A].
The S mark must be opposite the roll pin in the timing hole.
If not, remove the breaker point cover. Install the screws
for the cover to prevent engine oil from coming from the
holes.
Loosen the screw for the breaker points. Adjust the points
until the S mark is opposite the roll pin.
Install the point cover. Check the timing again.
Stop the engine. Remove the timing light.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Valve & Tappet Clearance
A
The following procedure will enable you to measure valve
clearance without disassembly of the engine.
Remove the exhaust elbow from the #1 cylinder.
Remove the valve cover and breather assembly at #1
cylinder. Remove the valve cover from the #2 cylinder.
Remove the spark plugs.
Rotate the flywheel until the T (TCD) mark is aligned with
the roll pin, viewed through the timing sight hole.
B–6413
Turn the flywheel backward and forward a small amount,
look into the valve–tappet area. The valves which do not
move can be checked for clearance.
Measure the valve–tappet clearance with a feeler gauge.
Intake Valve (Closest to Flywheel) . . . . . . . . . . . . (Cold)
0.003–0.006’’ (0,08–0,16 mm)
Exhaust Valve (Closest to PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Cold)
0.011–0.014 (0,28–0,36 mm)
Rotate the flywheel 360° and align the TDC mark. Check

the clearance at the other valves–tappets.
If the clearance is not enough, remove the valves and
grind the ends until the clearance is correct.
NOTE: Use care when grinding the ends of the
valves. Remove small amounts of material
and recheck.
If there is excessive clearance, the valves must be
replaced.
Compression Test
Make sure the engine is at operating temperature.
Remove both spark plugs.
Open the throttle and choke fully.
Disconnect the high tension wires from the coil.
Install the compression gauge in the cylinder to be tested
[A]
Turn the engine several times with the starter. The
difference in pressure readings between the cylinders
must not be in excess of 15% or below 90 PSI (621 kPa).
See the chart for the problem if the compression is low.
CAUSE CORRECTION
1. Cylinder head gasket leaking. Remove the head, check for straight surface, replace gasket,
install the head and check the compression again.
2. Cylinder head not straight or loose. Remove the head, check for straight surface.
3. Piston rings worn – blowby occurring. Recondition the engine.
4. Valves leaking. Recondition the valves and the seats.
5. Excessive combustion deposits. Remove the head, clean the combustion deposits from the
combustion chamber.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CARBURETOR AND GOVERNOR
Carburetor Adjustment on the Engine
A
NOTE: Make the carburetor adjustments after the
engine is at operating temperature.
Main Fuel Adjustment [A]

Stop the engine. Turn the adjustment screw in until it
bottoms.
Turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise 2–1/2 turns.
B–6414
B
injury or death.
W–2014–0895

Start the engine. Run at full governed RPM with no load.
Turn the screw clockwise from the preliminary setting until
the engine speed decreases. Make note of this position.
B–6415
Turn the screw counterclockwise until the engine speed
decreases (engine speed may first increase and then
decrease again). Make note of this position.
Adjust the screw between the two positions.
Idle Fuel Adjustment [B]
Stop the engine. Turn the adjustment screw in until it
bottoms.
Turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise 1 to 1–1/4
turns.
Start the engine. Run at full governed RPM with no load
for 5–10 minutes.
Slow the engine speed to idle speed.
Use the same procedure for the idle fuel screw as the
main fuel adjustment.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CARBURETOR & GOVERNOR (Cont’d)
Carburetor Adjustment on the Engine (Cont’d)
A
Idle Speed Setting [A]
Run the engine at full governed RPM with no load for
5–10 minutes.
Put the engine speed control in the idle position.
Turn the speed screw in or out so the engine will idle at
1200 RPM.
B–6416
Shutdown Control Solenoid B

The engine shutdown control solenoid is mounted on the
carburetor which prevents the engine from running on
after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
Make sure the solenoid has a good electrical connection
and good contact with the holddown bracket (ground).

Remove the main fuel adjustment screw [B].
B–6414
Remove the solenoid and plunger from the carburetor

[C]. C
Check the plunger for being stuck. Replace if damaged.
Check for a defect in the solenoid with an ohmmeter.
Solenoid resistance is about 20 ohms.
Install the plunger and solenoid [C].
Install the main fuel screw, make adjustment to the main
fuel screw. (See Page 7A–21.)
B–6417
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CARBURETOR & GOVERNOR (Cont’d) Bend Tab with Screwdriver
Reconditioning the Carburetor [A]
A to Adjust the Clearance
Float
Disassembly 1
11/64’’
2
Disconnect spark plug wires from the A–2866

distributor to avoid sparks. Always clean up
spilled fuel. Keep heat, flames and sparks away
from gasoline. Failure to obey warning can
cause an explosion.
W–2010–1285 3
Shut–off the fuel supply.

6 4
Remove the air cleaner hose.
1. Main Fuel Screw
Disconnect the fuel line, governor linkage, choke cable 5 2. Idle Speed Screw
and shutdown control wires. 3. Idle Fuel Screw
11
4. Bowl Gasket
Remove the carburetor from the intake manifold. 5. Baffle Gasket
7 6. Seat & Needle
Remove the elbow from the carburetor.

7. Float
Remove the bowl retaining screw and the bowl. 8. Bowl Screw
9. Gasket
Remove the float pin, float, fuel inlet needle and seat. 10 10. Bowl
Check the float for dents and leaks and for wear on the 11. Pin
float pin lip and hinge.
8 9 B–6480
Remove the baffle gasket and bowl gasket.
Remove the idle fuel screw, main fuel screw and
shut–down control solenoid.
Do not remove the choke or throttle plates. If these parts
are worn, replace the carburetor assembly.
Assembly
Turn the carburetor over. Install the seat, fuel inlet needle,
float and pin.
Set the float level. With the float setting against the needle
in the seat, there must be 11/64’’ (4,37 mm) clearance
between the machined surface of the casting and the free
end of the float [A] inset. Adjust by bending the float tab
with a small screwdriver.
Install the new bowl gasket and baffle gasket.
Center the bowl on the baffle gasket. Install the bowl
retaining screw and tighten.
Install the shutdown solenoid, main fuel screw and idle
fuel screw. (See Page 7A–21 for adjustment.)
Connect the elbow to the carburetor.
Install the carburetor on the intake manifold and tighten
the bolts.
Connect the fuel line, governor linkage, choke cable and
shutdown solenoid wires.
Install the air cleaner hose.
Connect the spark plug wires.
Turn the fuel shut–off to the ON position.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
Governor and Adjustment
A
1
4
6 5
Never change the governor setting to exceed
engine RPM given in the manual. Excess speed
can cause explosive failure of engine parts 2 8
11
which can cause injury W–2080–1285
Adjustments 10
The governor is adjusted at the factory and further 9

adjustment is not necessary.
The governor sensitivity can be adjusted by putting the
spring end in different holes in the governor arm [A]. To 1. Flywheel Gear
make the governor more sensitive, increase the spring 2. Flyweight
tension by moving the spring end closer to the center of 3. Throttle Control Lever
the governor arm. To allow the governor to be less 4. Governor Arm
5. High Speed Stop Tab

sensitive and more governor control, move the spring end
closer to the end of the governor arm. 6. Cross Shaft
7. Spring
The speed adjustment is set at the stop tab (Item 5) [A]. 8. Speed Adjusting Screw
Check the operating speed with a hand tachometer. The 9. Carburetor Control
maximum allowable speed is 3200 RPM with no load. DO 10. Governor Linkage
NOT EXCEED THIS RPM. If adjustment is necessary, 11. Rod B–2853
loosen the speed adjusting screw (Item 8) [A] and turn the
speed stop tab until the correct speed is set. Tighten the
screw. B
Always mark the position of the spring ends and governor
linkage before any disassembly is done, so the governor
linkage can be assembled correctly [B].
B–6453
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
Service Manual #6566694 – Engine Service Section Part 1 of 4
Carburetor
A
Idle Speed
NOTE: Current loaders have adjustable jets. Some Adjusting Screw
older carburetors have NON–adjustable jets.
The following are some features and benefits of the fixed
main jet carburetor:
• Fixed main jet eliminates main fuel needle adjustment
providing a consistent air/fuel mixture. This results in Idle Fuel
longer valve (engine) life. Adjusting Needle
• A special high altitude main fuel jet is available.
• Improved cold and warm weather starting. B–12577
• Improved acceleration.
• Improved access to mounting bolts. B Adjust To Lean
Midpoint
Adjusting the Carburetor
With the engine stopped, turn the idle fuel adjusting
needle in (clockwise) until it bottoms lightly [A].
Rich
NOTE: Damage to the needle and the seat in the

carburetor body will result if the needle is
forced.
Turn the idle fuel needle out (counterclockwise) about

1–1/4 turn.
B–12578
Start the engine, run until at operating temperature.
Put the engine speed control into the idle position. Set the
idle speed. (See Specifications, Section 8 for the correct
RPM.) Use a tachometer to set the idle speed.
Turn the idle fuel needle out until engine speed decreases
(rich). Note the position of the needle.
Turn the fuel needle in. The engine speed will increase,
then it will decrease as the needle is turned in (lean). Set
the adjusting needle midway between the rich and lean
setting [B].
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Adjusting the Carburetor (Cont’d)
A 1
4
2
Remove the bowl retaining screw, gasket and fuel bowl
[A], 3
13 5
Assembly: Tighten the bowl retaining screw to 45–55 6
in.–lbs. (5,1–6,2 Nm) torque.
9 7
Remove the bowl gasket, float pin, float and fuel inlet 15 8
needle [A],
12 10
16 17 11
NOTE: Do not attempt to remove the fuel inlet seat.
Replace the carburetor if the inlet seat is 18
damaged. 19
Remove the idle fuel adjusting needle and spring. 14

Remove the idle speed screw. 20
Remove the main fuel jet [A]. 1. Throttle Shaft 21 12. Bowl Gasket
2. Dust Seal 13. Spring
Assembly: Tighten the main fuel jet to 12–16 in.–lbs. 3. Carburetor Body 14. Detent Ball
(1,4–1,8 Nm) torque. 4. Throttle Plate 15. Choke Plate
5. Screws 16. Screw
6. Idle Fuel Needle 17. Fuel Needle Inlet

7. Spring 22 18. Float Pin
8. Idle Speed Screw 19. Float
9. Welch Plug 20. Fuel Bowl
10. Choke Shaft 21. Gasket
11. Fixed Main Jet 22. Fuel Bowl Screw
C–3104
To clean the off–idle ports and bowl vent channel, the

welch plugs must be removed using a pointed tool [B]. B
Pry Out Plug

Do Not Allow
Tip to Strike
Carburetor Body Pierce Plug
With Tip
Welch Plug
B–12579
Installation: Place the new welch plug into the hole with
the raised portion up. Use the end of the tool that is about
the same size as the plug and flatten the plug [C]
C
Do not force the plug below the top surface.
New Welch Plug
Carburetor Body B–12585
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Adjusting the Carburetor
A
Further disassembly to remove the throttle and choke 1
shaft is recommended if these parts are to be replaced.
Throttle Shaft
The throttle plate edges are beveled. Mark the throttle
plate and carburetor body to ensure correct assembly 2
(Item 1) [A].
Remove the screws (Item 2) [A].
Remove the throttle plate and shaft.
P–7666
Installation: Install the foam dust seal on the throttle
shaft. Install the shaft with the flat area toward the
carburetor mounting flange. B 1
Install the throttle plate.
Put LOCTITE #242, or equivalent, on the two screws.
With your finger, push the throttle shaft into the carburetor
body [A] (Arrow). 1
Install the screws, rotate the shaft until the throttle plate

is fully closed, then tighten the screws to 8–10 in.–lbs.
(0,9–1,4 Nm) torque.
Check for free operation of the throttle plate.
2
Choke Shaft P–7667
Remove the three screws (Item 1) [B] to remove the air

cleaner mounting flange.
C
The choke plate edges are beveled. Mark the choke plate
and carburetor body (Item 1) [C] to ensure correct
assembly. 1
Remove the screws (Item 2) [C].
Remove the choke plate and shaft.
Put the carburetor on the work bench with the choke side
down. Remove the choke shaft. The detent ball and 2
spring will drop out.
P–7668
440, 443 & 443B Loader

245 of Jan.
Revised 340 96 –7A–27– Service Manual
Choke Shaft (Cont’d)
A
Installation: Install the detent spring and ball (Item 1)
[A]. Push down on the ball while pushing the choke shaft
into the carburetor. Turn the choke shaft so that the flat
area is toward the air inlet.
Install the choke plate.
Put LOCTITE #242 on the screws. Install the screws,
rotate the shaft until the choke plate is fully closed, then
tighten the screws to 8–12 in.–lbs. (0,9–1,4 Nm) torque.
1
Check for free operation of the choke plate.
P–7669
Float Level
Remove the bolt (Item 2) [C] (Page 7A–27) to remove the
bowl from the carburetor.
B 1
0.690–0.720’’
(17,5–183, mm)
Turn the carburetor so that the float is up and the float tab
rests on the fuel inlet needle [B]. The float should be
parallel with the bowl gasket surface.
The free end of the float should be 0.690–0.720 inch
(17,5–18,3 mm) from the bowl gasket surface [B].

Bend tab to adjust (Item 1) [B].
Install bowl.
Replace gaskets or seals as necessary.
P–7670
440, 443 & 443B Loader

24696
Revised Jan. of 340 –7A–28– Service Manual
RECONDITIONING THE ENGINE
Engine Disassembly
A
procedure:
MEL1206 – Strap Wrench
MEL1207 – Barrel Wrench
Remove the engine from the loader. (See Page 7A–7.)
Remove the governor arm clamp, spring and linkage.
Disconnect fuel line from carburetor.
Disconnect the coil wires and the spark plugs. A–2854
Remove the intake manifold.

Remove all the air shrouding from the engine.
B
Remove the exhaust manifolds.

Use the procedure in the manual for removing
the flywheel to avoid cracked flywheel or
broken crankshaft. Do not use a puller which
holds only the outside of the flywheel. A–2855
Damaged parts can break explosively during
use and cause injury or death.
W–2079–1285
C
Use a strap wrench to hold the flywheel and loosen the
flywheel bolt [A].
Remove the flywheel with a puller [B].
Remove the stator [C].
B–6237
Mark the crankcase halves [D]. Side one is the closest to

the flywheel. It contains the governor, oil pump gear and D
dipstick tube.
Remove the point cover and the breaker points. Remove
the fuel pump.
Remove the starter.
Remove the cylinder heads. Remove the cylinder barrels
and gaskets.
NOTE: The pistons can stay in the cylinders if so

desired.
A–2856
440, 443 & 443B Loader

RECONDITIONING THE ENGINE (Cont’d)
Engine Disassembly (Cont’d)
A
Make sure the cylinder barrels are stamped #1and #2 [A].
NOTE: Make sure to mark all the parts (tappets, valve
springs, retainers, pistons, rods) for the #1 or
#2 side.
Using a valve spring compressor, remove the valve spring
locks, valves and springs. The springs must be kept with
the correct valves and the valve locks.
Remove the piston pin retainers.
Use the punch (brass), support the piston and remove the A–2857
piston pin.
Remove the piston rings.
B
Remove the closure plate.
Series II* Engine:
NOTE: Series II engines have full flow oil pressure

lubrication. Early engines do not have
pressure lube system.

Remove the oil pressure relief valve ball and spring from
the crankcase [B].
Measure the free length of the spring –– the length must
be 0.940’’ (+0.010’’). Replace the spring if the free length
is not within specifications.
Hook a spring between the #2 valve tappets to keep them
from falling into the crankcase.
Remove the crankcase bolts and nuts. Put the crankcase
on the work bench with the #2 side in the up position.
C
Using a large screwdriver, pry the crankcase halves apart
[C].
Remove the crankshaft from the #1 case half.
Remove the crankshaft and rods.
Remove the oil seal, then remove the sleeve bearings
and spacers from the crankshaft.
Loosen the connecting rod bolts. Remove the rods. Make
sure to number the rod caps.
A–2858
Series II* Engine:
The rod caps on the Posi–Lock connecting rods have an
interference fit when assembled. If difficulty in
disassembling is experienced, use the following
D
procedure:
Loosen the connecting rod nuts until the ends of the studs
no longer protrude from the nuts.
Using a plastic hammer, tap the nuts until the rod and rod
cap are separated.
Remove the nuts and disassemble the connecting rod
from the crankshaft.
Remove the oil pump cover. Remove the inner and outer
rotor [D].
*Engine Specification Number 34210 A–2859
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Disassembly (Cont’d)
A
To remove the oil pump gear, use a punch and remove the
small roll pin [A]. Remove the gear and shaft.
Remove the governor stop pin from the crankcase.
Remove the governor from the stub shaft.
Remove the clamp from the governor cross shaft.
Remove the retaining ring and washer from the end of the
cross shaft and remove the shaft.
Remove the tappets. A–2860
Cylinder Head
B
Plugged cylinder head cooling fins can cause ‘‘hot spots’’
which can blow the head gasket. Clean the cylinder head
fins.
If the head is in good condition use a block of wood to
clean the carbon deposits [B]. Be careful not to scratch

the aluminum head in the gasket seat area.
A–2861
Check the cylinder head for being straight [C], using a

surface plate and feeler gauge. The Cylinder head must C
not be more than 0.003’’ (0,008 mm) from being straight,
if it is not, replace the cylinder head.
In cases where the head is not straight or burned away it
will be necessary to also replace the head bolts.
B–6482
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Cylinder Barrels
A
Check all the gasket surfaces to make sure they are free
of deep scratches. Check the cylinder bore for wear,
tapered or out–of–round as listed in the specifications:
Cylinder Bore:
Valve Seat Insert
New Diameter: 3.125’’ (79,375 mm) Valve Seat Details
Max. Wear Dia.: 3.128’’ (79,45 mm) 45° 60° Over
Max. Out–of–round: 0.002’’ (0,05 mm) 30° Cut
Max. Taper: 0.0015’’ (0,03 mm)
The cylinder bore can be bored oversize (0.010, 0.020 & Seat Width
.037 Under
0.030’’). Make sure to fit the correct oversize piston to the Cut
bore. After boring or honing the bore, clean the cylinder .045
wall with warm water and soap, after drying, apply 1.380
lubrication (SAE 10) to prevent rust. 1.370 89°
45°
Valves
Carefully inspect valve parts. Check valves and valve
seat area (or inserts) for deep pitting, cracks or distortion. .031 .312
Min. .313
Check the clearance of the valve guides, see [A] for the
correct specification.

Valve Guide
To remove, press the guide down into the valve chamber
until the guide is completely removed. Be careful not to
damage the cylinder barrel when removing the old guide. Valve Guide
Press the new guide into the cylinder to the correct depth.
After installation, ream the guide to the correct inside B–6481
diameter. (See Specifications on Page 8A–1.)
Valve Seat Inserts
B
If the valve seats are pitted, cracked or distorted the insert
must be replaced. Before removing the insert, measure
the width of the insert so you can order the correct size.
Remove the inserts with a valve seat removal tool. Make
sure the new inserts are correctly seated in the bore so
the insert is pressed in straight. Grind the seat to the
correct angle. (See Page 7A–29.) Valves which have
been re–surfaced or new valves must be lapped in for a
correct fit [B].
Valve Springs
There are two different valve springs used; a short spring A–2863
(free length 1.542’’ [39,17 mm]) and a long spring (free
length 1.688’’ [42,88 mm]). The short spring is used with
the valve rotators.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Piston and Piston Rings
A
The ring replacement sets and pistons are available in
standard size, 0.010’’, 0.020’’ and 0.030’’ oversize sets.
The oversize pistons are used only when the cylinder has
been rebored. To service the piston and rings:
If the cylinder bore is within the wear limits and if the piston
is free of score or scuff marks, use it again. The ring ridge
must be removed and cylinder walls deglazed by honing.
Remove the oil rings and clean the grooves. Never use
the old rings again.
Before installing new rings, put a top ring in the cylinder A–2864
bore and check the end gap [A]. This gap must not
exceed 0.030’’ (0,762 mm) for a used cylinder bore and
0.020’’ (0,508 mm) for a new cylinder bore.
Use a ring installation tool and install the rings on the
B
piston. Ring gaps must be staggered, 120° apart.
Check the side clearance on the rings as follows [B]:
Ring–Side Clearance
Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002–0.004’’ (0,051–0,010 mm)
Second . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001–0.003’’ (0,025–0,077 mm)

Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001–0.003’’ (0,025–0,077 mm)
Crankshaft and Connecting Rods
Inspect the gear teeth on both the camshaft and
crankshaft. If they are worn, chipped or missing, replace
the damaged component. A–2867
Inspect the crankshaft bearing. Do not replace the

bearings unless they show damage or the clearances are
not within the limits:
Crankshaft Main Journals:
Minimum Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7407’’ (44,22 mm)
Running Clearance
(Sleeve Bearing) . . 0.0013–0.0033’’ (0,034–34,90 mm)
Check the crankshaft keyway. If worn or chipped,
replacement of the crankshaft is necessary.
Crankshaft Crankpin:
Max. Out–of–round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005’’ (0,013 mm)
Max. Taper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001’’ (0,025 mm)
New Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3733–1.3738’’
(34,89–34,90 mm)
If not within these limits, re–grind the crankshaft
crankpins to 0.010’’ undersize.
Connecting Rods:
Check the bearings (big end) for wear, score marks,
running and side clearance.
Piston Pin Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0006–0.0011’’
(0,016–0,027 mm)
Side Play on Crankpin 0.005–0.0167’’ (0,13–0,41 mm)
Crankpin Running . 0.0012–0.0022’ ’(0,030–0,056 mm)
Crankpin Bore New Dia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3750–1.3755’’
(34,93–34,94 mm)
Crankpin Bore Max. Dia. . . . . . . . . 1.376’’ (34,950 mm)
Wristpin Bore New Dia. . . . . . . . 0.62565’’ (15,891 mm)
The connecting rods are available in 0.010’’ undersize if
the crankshaft is undersize.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
Governor Inspection
A
Inspect the governor gear teeth. Check for worn, chipped
or cracked teeth. If any of these problems are found,
replace the governor.
Oil Pump Inspection Install
These Bolts
Check the oil pump gear cracks, chipped or worn teeth.
Replace the gear if any of these problems are found. The
oil pump rotors and shaft are trouble free and will require
very little service.
Assembling the Engine
A–2909
procedure:
MEL1208 – Seal Driver Handle
B
MEL1209 – Adapter, Enclosure Seal
MEL1210 – Adapter, Flywheel End Seal Do Not Insert Reamer
MEL1206 – Strap Wrench More Than 1/16’’
MEL1207 – Barrel Wrench
11/16’’ (17,5 mm) Reamer (Purchased Locally)
Before assembling the engine crankcase, the camshaft

bore at the flywheel end of a Series II* engine must be
reconditioned. Reconditioning is necessary since the
camshaft plug is staked in position. To recondition the
camshaft bore use the following procedure: 11/16’’ Reamer
(17,5 mm)
Assemble the crankcase halves and install the three bolts
[A]. A–2910
Install the reamer into the camshaft bore [B].

Rotate the reamer several times to remove the deformed C
crankcase material.
The reamer must not be inserted more than

1/16’’. Be careful DO NOT ream the O–ring
sealing surface or camshaft bearing surface of
the crankcase. B–6483
Remove the three bolts from the crankcase and separate

the halves. Clean the crankcase halves thoroughly to
remove any chips and debris.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Assembling the Engine (Cont’d)
A
Install the governor stop pin and washer into the 1
crankcase. Tighten the pin to 70 in.–lbs. (8 Nm) torque.
Install a washer on the governor cross shaft, install the
shaft through the hole in the crankcase. Install the same 2
size washer over the end of the shaft and fasten with the
retainer ring.
Install the drive gear shaft (Item 1) [A] from the inside of
the crankcase. Install the gear and spacer into the correct
position in the crankcase (Item 2). (Slotted end of gear
hub toward support rib and spacer between rib and the
gear). A–2865
Push the drive shaft until the hole in the shaft aligns with
the slot in the gear hub. Install the new roll pin until it is
even with the gear hub [B].
B
Measure the drive gear end play, if the end play is more
than 0.029’’ (0,737 mm), replace the spacer to get the
correct clearance. Minimum drive gear end play is 0.010’’
(0,254 mm).
Lubricate the pump cavity with oil. Install the inner and

outer rotors [A]. Install the cover and tighten the bolts.
B–6484
Lubricate the connecting rod journals and bearings.

Install the connecting rods on the crankshaft so that the
two raised markings (bosses) (Item 1) [C] between the C Match Marks
rod bolts are toward the flywheel.
Lubricate the rod bolts and tighten to 260 in.–lbs. (29 Nm) 1 Connecting Stud
torque. Loosen the rod bolts and tighten again 200 1 Rod
in.–lbs. (23 Nm) torque.
Series II* Engine:
When installing a NEW Posi–Lock rod–tighten the nuts to
140 in.–lbs. (16 Nm) torque. Toward Dowel Rod Nut
Flywheel Sleeve Cap
When installing a USED Posi–Lock rod–tighten the nuts
to 100 in.–lbs. (11 Nm) torque.
A–2868 Posi–Lock Rod A–2911
Install the thrust washer on PTO end of the crankshaft.

Lubricate the sleeve bearings and install them on the D
crankshaft (Item 1) [D].
1
* Engine Specification Number 24310.

A–2869
440, 443 & 443B Loader

1. Shaft Locating Washer
A 2. Roller Thrust Bearing
1 3. Flat Thrust Washer
Series II* Engines: 4. Sleeve Bearing
5. Crankshaft
The series II engine use roller thrust bearing and flat 2
thrust washer on the flywheel end [A]. Slid the 0.1575’’
locating washer, roller thrust bearing and 0.039’’ thrust 3
washer on the flywheel end of the crankshaft. Lubricate
the sleeve bearing (without flange) and install it on the 5 4
crankshaft.
B–7021
1. Sleeve Bearing
Install the thrust washer on the PTO end of the crankshaft
[B]. Lubricate the sleeve bearing (with flange) and install
B 2. Flat Thrust Washer
3 3. Crankshaft
it on the crankshaft.
1
2

B–7021
Install the crankshaft and rod assembly into the #1

crankcase. Locate the tabs on the sleeve bearings to the C
notches in the crankcase. If the bearings are installed
correctly the oil holes will make alignment with the
channel in the crankcase [C].
A–2871
Check the crankshaft end play [D]. The correct end play
is 0.002–0.014’’ (0,051–0,355 mm). Replace the thrust D
washer to get the correct end play.
* Engine Specification Number 24310 A–2870
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Lubricate the tappets and install them in their original
position. To keep the #2 tappets from falling out, hook a
spring between the tappets [A].
B–6485
Install the camshaft. Align the timing marks [B]. B

A–2872
Check the camshaft end play [C]. The correct end play
is 0.003 – 0.013’’ (0,077 – 0,33 mm).
C
A–2873
Make sure the crankcase sealing surfaces are clean. Put

a bead (about 1/16’’ dia.) of sealant on the #2 half of the
crankcase [D]. Be careful around the oil passages. Any D
sealant left in the oil passages will cause lack of
lubrication.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
NOTE: Series II* Engine: Use Two beads (1/16’’ dia.)

of sealant in the area between the camshaft Oil Passage (On #1 Side)
bore and flywheel end main bearings [A].
Hold the #2 connecting rod up. Install the #2 crankcase

half. Remove the #2 crankcase half and check for sealant Sealer
in the oil passage. Then install the #2 half again.
NOTE: The fuel pump must be removed before

installing the crankcase halves. A–2912
Install the bolts and nuts. Torque in the correct sequence Bolts #1, 2, 3, 4– Bolts #5, 6 and the
[B]. B 260 in.–lbs. (29Nm) Remainder of Bolts–
200 in.–lbs. (23 Nm)
Clean the excess sealant from the crankcase halves.
3 1

2
4 6 5
B–6486
Using the seal driver (MEL1208) and adapter (MEL1209)

[C] and install the seal in the rear closure plate to a depth C MEL1208
of 0.1562’’ (3,97 mm) [D].
Put a 1/16‘‘ diameter bead of sealant around the outside MEL1210 MEL1209
edge of the camshaft plug. Install the plug into the
camshaft bore (flywheel end) until it is even with the
surface of the crankcase. The cupped end of the plug
must face out.
B–6751
* Engine Specification Number 24310 B–6752
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Series II* Engine: A machined plug is used with an
O–ring seal to seal the camshaft bore. Make sure the
camshaft bore has been reconditioned (See Page 7A–33
for the correct procedure) and use the following
procedure to install the camshaft plug:
New Stake Marks
Inspect the plug and O–ring. Replace the plug if it is bent,
cracked or damaged. Replace the O–ring if stretched, cut
or hard and not flexible.
Lubricate the O–ring with oil. Start the plug into the
camshaft bore, with your hand, until the plug shoulder
bottoms against the crankcase surface. A–2913
Using a center punch, stake the plug in four locations 90°

Closure Plate Crankcase (PTO End)
apart and away from the previous deformed areas [A]. B
Sleeve

DO NOT ‘‘stake’’ the plug on the crankcase split
line.
Steel Ball
Series II* Engines: Install the steel sleeve, gall and
spring into the machines hole in the PTO side of the Spring
crankcase [B]. A–2908
5
Install the rear closure plate gasket on the engine block.
Install the plate on the engine block and tighten the bolts
C 3 4
All Bolts
in the correct sequence and to the correct torque [C]. 150 in.–lbs.
(17 Nm)
Install the stator and tighten the bolts.
1 2
6 7
8 9
A–2874
Using the seal driver (MEL1208) and adapter (MEL1210)

(See Page 7A–38) install the seal in the flywheel end of
the engine [D] to a depth of 0.0313’’ (0,795 mm).
D
Move the rings on the pistons so the end gaps are NOT
in alignment with each other.
* Engine Specification Number 24310 B–6753
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Install the piston and rings in the cylinder bore using a ring
compressor [A]. The mark on the top of the piston must
be toward the drive end of the crankshaft (Item 1) [A].
Install the gaskets for the cylinder barrel on the 1
crankcase.
B–6487
Install the piston and cylinder assembly [B] on the

connecting rod with the piston pin and the two retainer
rings.
B
NOTE: The oil drain back holes are not the same in
the #1 and #2 cylinder barrels, so they are not
interchangeable.

A–2875
Torque the nuts in the correct sequence [C]. You must use
the extender wrench (MEL1027) [D]. The correction C 5 6
factor is as follows: 12’’ torque wrench and 3’’ extension,
torque to 210 in.–lbs. (24 Nm) and 2’’ extension, torque
to 225 in.–lbs. (25 Nm).
Lubricate the valve stems with oil. Install the valves into
the guides. Intake valves toward the flywheel side and the 1 2
exhaust valves at the PTO side.
3 4
A–2876
B–6755
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Rotate the camshaft to position the cam so it does not
touch the tappet. Hold the valve firmly on the seal and
check the clearance between the valve stem and the
tappet [A].
Intake Valves (Cold) . . . . . . . . All KT17 & KT17 Series
II* 0.003 – 0.006’’ (0,076 – 0,150 mm).
Exhaust Valves (Cold) . . . . . . 0.011 – 0.014’’ (0,279 –
0,355 mm).
If the clearance is not correct, remove the valve and grind B–6489
the stem until the clearance is correct. Make sure to grind
the valve stem perfectly flat.
Valve stem seals can now be installed over the valve stem B
and onto the valve guides. Make sure the tip on the seal
is completely over the machined area of the valve guide.
Install the upper spring retainer, spring (close coils toward
cylinder head), lower spring retainer and rotators on the
valve stem.
15–20 ft.–lbs.
Compress the valve spring with a valve spring

compressor tool and install the keepers.
Install the cylinder head bolts into the cylinder heads.
Position the head gasket on the bolts.
Install the cylinder head and gasket on the cylinder B–6491
barrels. Tighten the bolts in the correct sequence, to
15–20 ft.–lbs. (20–27 Nm) torque [B].
Install the breather assembly into the #1 side of the
C
engine and the valve spring cover on the #2 side [C].
Install the starter.
Install the fuel pump.
Install the key in the crankshaft.
Install the flywheel and tighten the bolts to 40 ft.–lbs. (54
Nm) torque [D].
Install the air shrouding on the engine.
Install the intake manifold. Tighten the bolts to 150 in.–lbs. B–6488
(17 Nm) torque.
Install the governor linkage (See Page 7A–24). D
Connect the fuel line.
Install the exhaust manifold. Tighten the bolts to 150
in.–lbs. (17 Nm) torque.
Install the breaker points and adjust. (See Page 7A–17.)
See Page 3–1 to install the hydrostatic pump assembly
on the engine.
See Page 7A–11 to install the engine in the loader.
A–2877
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SERVICE (443)
Page
Number
ASSEMBLY OF THE ENGINE
Installing the Camshaft and Timing Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–44
Installing the Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–43
Installing the Gearcase Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–46
Installing the Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–43
CYLINDER HEAD
Assembly of the Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–28
Installing the Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–28
Disassembly of the Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–25
Removing the Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–23
Servicing the Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–26
ENGINE AND ATTACHING PARTS

Engine Blower Fan & Shrouding (Installation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–21
Fan Blower & Water Pump Belt (Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–22
Engine Flywheel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–22
Engine Flywheel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–22
Engine Radiator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–20

Engine Radiator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–19
Installing the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–17
Oil Cooler and Shrouding (Installation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–18
Oil Cooler and Shrouding (Removal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–18
Removing the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–12
FUEL SYSTEM
Checking Fuel Injector Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–10
Checking Glow Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–11
Checking the Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–6
Engine Compression Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–11
Fuel Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–6
Fuel Injector Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–8
Nozzle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–10
Nozzle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–9
Replacing the Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–5
Removing Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–7
Removing the Air From the Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–5 KOHLER (443)
Timing the Fuel Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–8
REPAIRING THE ENGINE

Removing the Gear Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–30
Removing Pistons & Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–34
Removing the Timing Gear, Camshaft & Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–32
Servicing the Connecting Rods and Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–38
Servicing the Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–39
Servicing the Cylinder Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–41
Servicing the Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–42
Servicing the Timing Gear and Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–36
Servicing the Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–42
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7B–3
440, 443 & 443B Loader

261 of 340 –7B–1– Service Manual
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TROUBLESHOOTING
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel
only.
Check for correct function after adjustments,
repairs or service. Failure to make correct
death.
W–2004–1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
Slow cranking speed. 1, 2, 3, 4

Engine will not start. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22,
30, 31, 32
Difficult to start. 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
28, 30, 31, 32
No power from the engine. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26

30, 31, 32
Engine is mis–firing. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20, 24, 25, 27, 28, 30, 31,
32
Too much fuel consumption. 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32
Black exhaust. 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32
Blue/White exhaust. 4, 16, 18, 19, 20, 24, 26, 30, 32, 33, 34, 44, 54
Low oil pressure. 4, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 32, 56
Engine knocking. 9, 14, 16, 18, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 30, 32, 34, 35, 44, 45, 57
Engine running rough. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 20, 21, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 34
44, 57
Vibration. 13, 14, 20, 24, 25, 28, 29, 32, 44, 47
High oil pressure. 4, 37, 40
Overheating. 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 23, 24, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 55
Too much crankcase pressure. 24, 30, 32, 33, 44, 53

Poor compression. 11, 19, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 33, 45, 57
Start and stop. 10, 11, 12
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TROUBLESHOOTING (Cont’d)
DESCRIPTION OF THE CAUSE
1. Battery capacity low. 30. Worn cylinder bores.

2. Bad electrical connection. 31. Worn valves and seats.
3. Faulty starter motor. 32. Broken, worn or sticking piston rings.
4. Incorrect grade of oil. 33. Worn valve stems and guides.
5. Low cranking speed. 34. Overly full air cleaner.
6. Fuel tank empty. 35. Worn or damaged bearings.
7. Faulty stop control operation. 36. Not enough oil in the oil pan.
8. Plugged fuel line. 37. Gauge is not correct.
9. Faulty fuel lift pump. 38. Oil pump worn.
10. Plugged fuel filter. 39. Pressure relief valve is open.

11. Restriction in the air cleaner. 40. Pressure relief valve is sticking closed.
12. Air in the fuel system. 41. Broken relief valve spring.
13. Faulty fuel injection pump. 42. Faulty suction pipe.
14. Faulty fuel injectors. 43. Plugged oil filter.
15. Incorrect use of the glow plugs. 44. Piston seizure.
16. Glow plugs not working. 45. Incorrect piston height.
17. Broken fuel injection pump drive. 46. Damaged fan.
18. Incorrect fuel pump timing. 47. Faulty engine mounting.
19. Incorrect valve timing. 48. Faulty thermostat.
20. Poor compression. 49. Restriction in the water jacket.
21. Plugged fuel tank vent. 50. Loose fan belt.
22. Incorrect type or grade of fuel. 51. Plugged radiator.
23. Exhaust pipe restriction. 52. Faulty water pump.
24. Cylinder head gasket leaking. 53. Plugged breather pipe.
25. Overheating. 54. Valve stem seals damaged.
26. Cold running. 55. Coolant level low.
27. Incorrect Valve tappet adjustment. 56. Plugged oil pump pipe strainer.
28. Sticking valves. 57. Broken valve spring.
29. Incorrect high pressure tubelines.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

FUEL SYSTEM
A
Replacing the Fuel Filter
The fuel filter is on the right hand side of the engine
compartment [A]. Replace the fuel filter every 250 hours
of loader operation.
To replace the fuel filter, use the following procedure:
Clean the area round the fuel filter.
Shut–off the fuel at the fuel tank (Item 1) [B].
Remove the thumb screw at the bottom of the filter, drain
the fuel from the filter.
B–6111
Remove the filter by removing the small bolt at the top of
the filter head while holding the nut below the filter bowl.
Remove the filter bowl. B
Check the condition of the seals and replace as needed.
Install the filter, bowl, nut and thumb screw. Tighten the 1
thumb screw finger tight only.
Turn the fuel shut–off valve to the ON position (Item 1)
[B].

Remove the air from the fuel system.
After the engine is running, check for leaks.
Removing the Air from the Fuel System
B–6099
After replacing the fuel filter element or when the fuel tank
has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel
system before starting the engine. C
To remove the air from the fuel system, use the following
procedure:
1
Raise the operator cab. (See 5–1 for the correct
procedure.)
Open the vent (Item 1) [C] on the fuel injection pump.
B–6113
Operate the hand pump at the top of the fuel tank (Item
1) [D] until the hand pump feels solid.
Close the vent plug (Item 1) [C]. D
procedure.)
B–6142
440, 443 & 443B Loader

FUEL SYSTEM (Cont’d)
Removing Air from the Fuel System (Cont’d)
A
Put the engine stop control in the operating position [A].
Start the engine.
If the engine still does not run correctly (rough), repeat
the air removal procedure.
Fuel Injection Pump
The injection pump has parts that have been machined
to a very close specification and pump operation has a
direct effect on the engine performance.
B–6106
Use special care when working on the injection pump.
Checking the Injection Pump B
procedure:
MEL1237 – Adapter Fuel Line
MEL1173–1 – Pressure Gauge
To check the initial discharge pressure, remove a high

pressure tubeline from the fuel injection pump [B].
Loosen the other end of the tubeline at the injector, so
that the tubeline can be turned away from the fitting.
B–5959
Connect a pressure gauge to the long leg of the test

tubeline (Item 1 & 2) [C] and tighten. C
Connect the short leg of the tubeline to the fitting at the
fuel injection pump (Item 2) [C].
Rotate the engine, with the starter, to increase the
pressure to 2133 PSI (14707 kPa). Align the plunger with
TDC.
1
With the pressure at 2133 PSI (14707 kPa), it should
hold this for 5 seconds or more.
2
If the time is less than the allowable limit, replace the
injection pump.
B–8235
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing Injection Pump
A
Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless

you are trained and have the correct
equipment.
I–2028–0289
B–5958
Clean the injection pump and area around it with a
cleaning solvent or steam cleaning.
B
Never steam clean or put cold water on an

injection pump while the engine is running or

while it is hot. If you do it will cause serious
damage to the injection pump.
Use these tools for the following procedure:

B–5960
MEL1270 – Fuel Line Removal Tool
MEL1271 – Delivery Valve Removal Tool
Remove the injector nozzle tubelines [A].
C
Disconnect the wire from the glow plug [B].
Remove the bolts from the intake manifold and remove
the intake manifold from the engine [C].
B–6567
Remove the fuel inlet hose (Item 1) [D] and the return
hose (Item 2) [D]. D
2
1
B–5964
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removal of the Injection Pump (Cont’d)
A 1
Remove the engine lift hook (Item 1) [A].

Remove the four nuts from the injection pump [A].
Put the pin in the control rack in alignment with the slot in
the engine block (Item 1) [B].
NOTE: Make note of the number of shims installed
under the injection pump. The shims are for
the engine timing.
Installation
When the injection pump is installed, make sure the pin B–5965
on the control rack is correctly installed in the fork lever
number 1 slot (Item 1) [B]. If the pin is not correctly
installed, the engine will run over maximum speed and
serious damage can result. B
To install the injection pump, use the following procedure:
Install the injection pump with the shims between the
pump housing and the engine block [B].
Tighten the four nuts to 17–20 ft.–lbs. (23–27 Nm) torque.

Install the fuel inlet hose and the return hose (See Page
7B–7).
Install the intake manifold and tighten the bolts.
1
Install the engine lift hook. B–5966
Connect the wire to the glow plug.
Install the delivery valve holder (Item 1) [C]. Tighten to C
29–36 ft.–lbs. (39–48 Nm) torque.
Install the high pressure tubelines at the injection pump 1
and injector nozzles and tighten.
Remove the air from the fuel system (See Page 7B–5).
Timing the Fuel Injection Pump
Timing the fuel injection pump is done by changing the
number of shims between the injection pump and engine
block (Item 1) [C]. Each shim will change the timing 1.5
degrees. The timing of the pump will be later when a shim
is added, and earlier when a shim is removed.
B–10007
To time the injection pump, use the following procedure:
Remove the number 1 cylinder high pressure tubeline D
from the injection pump.
Install a short pipe to the number 1 outlet of the pump.
Point the pipe up (vertical).
With supply to the injection pump, rotate the engine in a
counterclockwise direction (viewed from the flywheel side
of the engine). Fuel must flow from the pipe as the mark
1–F1 on the crankshaft pulley and the point are in
alignment [D]. The correct timing for the engine is 23 to
25 degrees B.T.D.C.
Add or subtract shims as needed to adjust the delivery
time of the fuel injection pump. Each shim will change the
timing 1.5 degrees. B–10074
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Fuel Injector Nozzles
A
Keep away from fuel under pressure in injector

system. It may not be visible. Wear safety
goggles. Fuel under pressure can penetrate
skin or eyes causing serious injury. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical
attention.
W–2072–1285 B–5958
These are some engine problems caused by damaged

injector nozzles. B
• The engine is hard to start or will not start.
• Engine operation is not smooth.
• The engine will not idle correctly.
• Bad engine performance.
• The engine exhaust smoke is black, white or blue.
Remove the injector nozzles from the engine and test the

injectors only after engine performance shows that there
may be damage.
procedure:
B–5969
MEL1181 – Socket
Nozzle Removal
C
To remove the injector nozzles, use the following
procedure:
Remove the high pressure tubelines from the injectors
[A].
Remove the fuel return hoses from the banjo fittings.
Remove the banjo fittings from the fuel injector nozzles
[B].
Loosen the fuel injector with a special socket [C].
B–5970
Remove the fuel injector nozzle from the engine [D]. D
Do not disassemble or test the fuel injector

nozzles unless you have the correct service
and testing tools.
I–2027–0284
B–5971
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Checking Fuel Injector Nozzles
A
procedure:
MEL10018 – Injector Nozzle Tester
MEL10019 – Accessory Set
NOTE: You can adjust the release pressure of the
injector nozzle by adding or removing
spacers (Item 1) [A] from the top of the nozzle
spring (Item 2) [A]. Each spacer will change 3
the release pressure about 142 PSI (980 kPa). 2
The release pressure must be 1990–2133 PSI
(13721–14707 kPa). 1
B–4103
B
Keep away from fuel under pressure in injector
system. It may not be visible. Wear safety
goggles. Fuel under pressure can penetrate
skin or eyes causing serious injury. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical
attention. W–2072–1285

Connect the injector nozzle to the tester with the nozzle
in the down position [B].
Slowly operate the hand lever of the test pump until the
injector nozzle valve opens. The pressure must be
1990–2133 PSI (13721–14707 kPa).
A–2513
If the pressure is not correct, disassemble the injector
nozzle and add or remove spacers (Item 1) [A].
NOTE: When assembling the injector nozzle, tighten C Spring
the retainer nut (Item 3) [A] to 43–58 ft.–lbs.
(59–79 Nm) torque. Any higher torque will CORRECT WRONG
cause slow action of the valve. Pressure
Pin
Check for inside leakage. Operate the hand lever until the Holder
pressure is almost enough to open the injector valve.
Make a record of the pressure. Release the hand lever. Nozzle
Check the pressure decrease to 10 seconds. The nozzle Body
has damage if the pressure decrease is more than 740
PSI (5162 kPa) in 10 seconds.
Needle
Check the spray pattern of the nozzle for the following Valve
conditions [C]:
Does not come out the side of the nozzle.
Does not have drops coming from the nozzle. A–2621
Does not have a flow (solid stream) coming from the
nozzle.
Any of the above conditions show a defect or a dirty
injector nozzle. Clean the nozzle that does not operate
correctly and check again.
Nozzle Installation
Install the injector nozzle in the cylinder head and tighten
to 21–36 ft.–lbs. (29–49 Nm) torque.
Install the banjo fitting on the injector nozzle and tighten.
Connect the return fuel line to the banjo fittings.
Install the high pressure tubelines at the injectors and
tighten.
Remove the air from the fuel system. (See Page 7B–5 for
440, 443 & 443B Loader
Checking Glow Plugs
A
Disconnect the flow plug cables and leads.
Touch one probe to the end of the glow plug and the other
probe to the body of glow plug [A].
The reading must be approximately 1.5. If the resistance
is zero ohms the glow plug has a short circuit. If the
resistance is infinite the coil of the glow plug is broken.
Repeat the procedure for each glow plug.
P–3419
Replace the glow plugs as needed [B]. B

Engine Compression Test
procedure:
MEL10630 – Engine Compression Test Kit

Warm the engine.
Remove the fuel injector nozzles from the engine (See
Page 7B–9).
P–3420
Install the compression adapter in the cylinder head [C].

C
B–6321
Connect the compression gauge to the adapter [D].

D
Turn the engine with the starter at 200 to 300 RPM. Run
the test for each cylinder two times at 5 to 10 seconds
each time and take the average reading.
The correct compression for the engine is 337–448 PSI
(2324–3089 kPa) with no more than 10% difference
between the cylinders.
B–6322
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE & ATTACHING PARTS
Removing the Engine
A
NOTE: The engine and hydrostatic pumps are
removed from the loader as an assembly.

the loader:
2 1
B–6393

B
injury or death.
W–2014–0895
Open the rear door and clean the area around the engine.

To remove the coolant, put a hose (Item 1) [A] over the
coolant valve.
Open the radiator cap [B]. Open the coolant valve (Item
2) [A] to drain the coolant from the engine.
B–6185
Remove the battery from the loader (See Page 6–1 for the
correct procedure).
Remove the alternator from the engine. (See Page 6–1
C
Remove the muffler nuts from the exhaust manifold [C].
B–6293
Remove the muffler from the engine [D]. D
B–6294
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Engine (Cont’d)
A
Remove the oil cooler and shrouding. (See Page 7B–18
Disconnect the radiator hoses (both sides) from the
radiator [A].
Remove the fluid from the hydraulic/hydrostatic reservoir.
B–6295
Disconnect the engine wiring harness connector [B]. B

procedure.)

B–6296
Disconnect the fuel return hose from the fuel injector [C].
C
B–6297
Remove the air cleaner hose form the intake manifold and
the air cleaner [D]. D
B–6298
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the fuel hoses (two) from the fuel filter [A].
B–6299
Remove the fuel filter from the mounting bracket [B]. B

B–6300
Disconnect the speed control linkage from the fuel

injection pump [C]. C
B–6302
Disconnect the stop control cable from the fuel injection

pump [D]. D
B–6301
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the high pressure hose (two) from the
B–6303

hydrostatic motors (both sides) [B].
B

B–6304
Remove the hoses (two) from the hydraulic pump [C].

C
B–6305
Remove the charge pressure hose from the hydrostatic

pump [D]. D
B–6306
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Remove the bolt, nuts and washers (both sides) from the
hydrostatic pump mounts [A] & [B].
B–6307

B–6308
Remove the rear engine mount bolts (two ) [C].

C
B–6309
Install the engine removal table (made locally) (Item 1) [D] D

on the loader frame.
Lift the engine, with pry bars, on the table.
Remove the engine and hydrostatic pump assembly from
the loader [D].

from the engine, see Page 3–1 for the correct
procedure.
1
B–6478
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Engine
NOTE: To install the hydrostatic pump assembly on
the engine, see Page 3–1 for the correct
procedure.
Slide the engine into the loader until the mounting hoses Before installation of the engine and the
are in correct alignment. hydrostatic pump assembly, make sure that all
the hoses are clear of obstructions so they will
Remove the table from the loader frame. not be damaged.
Install the rear engine mounting bolts and tighten. (See
Page 7B–16.)
Install the washers at the front mount. Install the bolts and
tighten.
Install the charge pressure hose and tighten. (See Page
7B–15.)
Install the hoses (two) at the hydraulic pump and tighten.
Connect the high pressure hoses (both sides) to the
hydrostatic motors and to the hydrostatic pumps and
tighten.
Connect the stop control cable and the speed control
linkage at the fuel injection pump. (See Page 7B–14.)
Install the fuel filter and bracket and connect the fuel

hoses.
Install the air cleaner hose and tighten the clamps.
Connect the fuel return hose. (See Page 7B–13.)
Connect the engine wiring harness connector.
Connect the radiator hoses (two) to the radiator and
tighten the clamps.
Install the oil cooler and shrouding. (See Page 7B–18.)
Install the muffler and tighten the nuts.
Install the alternator. (See Page 6–1 for the correct
procedure.)
8–1 for the correct fluid.)
Propylene Glycol
Add a premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
one gallon of water is the correct mixture of coolant to
Ethylene Glycol
Install the radiator cap. (See Page 7B–12.)
Remove the air from the fuel system. (See Page 7B–5.)
procedure.)
Check and add engine oil as needed.
Close the rear door and remove the jackstands from
under the loader frame.
440, 443 & 443B Loader
A L.H.
Oil Cooler & Shrouding
Removal
Open the rear door.
Remove the oil cooler hoses [A] & [B].
B–6310
B R.H.

B–6320
Remove the shrouding bolts (two) [C].

C
B–6311
Slide the oil cooler and shrouding assembly to the rear

and from the loader [D]. D
Installation
Slide the oil cooler and shrouding assembly into the
engine area into the correct position [D].
Install the bolts and tighten [C].
Connect the hoses to the oil cooler and tighten [A] & [B].
B–6323
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Radiator Removal
A
Open the rear door.
Remove the oil cooler and shrouding. (See Page 7B–18.)
Remove the radiator cap [A].
procedure.)
B–6185
Put a hose over the end of the engine coolant valve [B].
Open the valve and remove the coolant from the system.
B
Close the coolant valve. Lower the operator cab. (See

B–6393
Remove the radiator hoses (two ) [C].

C
B–6295
Remove the coolant recovery tank hose [D].

D
B–6312 B–6313
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Engine Radiator Removal (Cont’d)
Remove the radiator mounting bolts (two) [A].
B–6316
Remove the radiator from the mounting bracket [B].

B
Engine Radiator Installation
Install the radiator into the loader and mounting bracket
[B].
Install the mounting bolts (two) and tighten [A].

Install the coolant tank recovery hose. (See Page 7B–19.)
Install the radiator hoses (two) and tighten the clamps.
Propylene Glycol B–6317
Add a premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene

one gallon of water is the correct mixture of coolant to
Ethylene Glycol
Install the radiator cap.
Install the oil cooler and shrouding assembly. (See Page
7B–18.)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Engine Blower Fan & Shrouding
NOTE: Remove the engine and hydrostatic pump

assembly from the loader (See Page 7B–12)
for easier removal of the blower fan and
shrouding.
After the engine is removed, use a punch and hammer

and open the locks on the fan bolts [A].
B–6318
Remove the bolts from the fan [B].

B
Remove the fan from the shrouding.

B–6319
Remove the mounting bolts from the fan shrouding [C] &
[D]. C
Remove the shrouding from the engine.
Installation
Install the fan shrouding on the engine.
Install the bolts and tighten [C] & [D].

Install the fan in the shrouding on the water pump shaft.
Install the fan bolts and tighten [B] to 60–84 in.–lbs.
(6,8–9,5 Nm) torque. B–6314
Using a hammer and punch, bend the bolt locks into

position [A].
D
Install the engine and hydrostatic pump assembly into the
loader. (See Page 7B–17.)
B–6315
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Fan Blower & Water Pump Belt 1
NOTE: To remove the belt, remove the blower fan

and shrouding from the engine (See Page
7B–21). 2
Adjustment
Loosen the nut on the idler pulley (Item 1) [A].
Use a pry bar (Item 2) [A] and tighten the belt tension to
1/4’’ (6,35 mm) movement.
B–6378
Tighten the idler pulley nut (Item 1) [A].

B–6379
Engine Flywheel Removal C

NOTE: Remove the engine and hydrostatic pump
assembly from the loader. (See Page 7B–12.)
Remove the drive belt from the flywheel and hydrostatic

pump pulley. (See Page 3–1 for the correct procedure.)
Using a punch and hammer, open the locks for the
flywheel bolts [C].
Remove the bolts from the flywheel [D].
Remove the flywheel from the engine crankshaft.
B–6380
Engine Flywheel Installation
NOTE: The flywheel fits the crankshaft in one

position only. Incorrect assembly will cause D
damage to the threads in the crankshaft.
Install the flywheel. Install the flywheel bolts and tighten

to 40–44 ft.–lbs. (54–60 Nm) torque [D].
Using a hammer and punch, bend the bolt locks into
position.
Install the engine and hydrostatic pump drive belt.
Install the engine in the loader. (See Page 7B–17.)
B–6381
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CYLINDER HEAD
A
Removing the Cylinder Head
NOTE: For easier removal of the cylinder head the

engine can be removed from the loader (See
Page 7B–12).

procedure:
MEL1180 – Nozzle Socket
Remove the nuts from the valve cover.
B–5094
Remove the valve cover [A].
Disconnect the fuel injection tubelines [B]. B

B–5882
Remove the injector nozzles and the copper gaskets [C].

C
Remove the intake manifold.
Remove the blower fan and shrouding. (See Page
7B–21.)
B–4091
Remove the rocker arms [D]. D

Remove the valve rotators.
B–5093
440, 443 & 443B Loader

CYLINDER HEAD (Cont’d)
A
Removing the Cylinder Head (Cont’d)
Remove the push rods [A]. Mark the push rods so they
will be returned to their original position.
Remove the water return pipe.
Remove the cylinder head bolts.
B–5881
Remove the cylinder head from the engine block [B].

B

B–5101
Remove the head gasket and the O–ring from the engine
block [C]. C
NOTE: Some engines may use a shim. If a shim is
present it must be used during reassembly.
The shim (if used) must be installed between
the cylinder head and gasket.
B–5886
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
A
Disassembly of the Cylinder Head
procedure:
MEL10121 – Valve Tool
Using the valve compression tool [A], remove the valve
cap and the valve spring collet [B].
Remove the valve spring.
Remove the seal on the valve and remove the valve from
the cylinder head.
B–5889
Repeat this procedure for all the valves. Mark the valves
so they will be returned to their original position.
B
Valve Spring
Retainer

Cap
Seal
Collets B–4122
Remove the thermostat housing and the thermostat from

the cylinder head [C]. C
B–3643
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Servicing the Cylinder Head
Clean the surface of the cylinder head.
Put a straight edge on the cylinder head [A].
NOTE: Do not put the straight edge across the

combustion chamber.
Put a feeler gauge between the straight edge and the

surface of the cylinder head.
The maximum distortion of the cylinder head surface is + A–2735
0.002’’ (+– 0.05 mm). –
If the measurement is more than the specification,

remove the combustion chambers then grind the cylinder B
head. Remove the same amount of material from the
bottom of the combustion chambers as was removed
from the head.
Clean the surface of the valve seat area.
Measure the width of the valve seat [B].

The correct width of the valve seat is 0.083’’ (2,1 mm) and
the seat angle is 45 degrees.
B–3632
Use the following steps to grind the valve seats [C]. C Valve Contacting
C A Width
Item A – Use a 45° cutter to grind the front surface of the .083’’ (2,1 mm)
valve seat.
B
Item B – Use a 15° cutter to grind the front surface of the
valve seat.
Item C – Use A 65° or 70° cutter to grind the rear surface
of the valve seat to finish the seat of a 0.083’’ (2,1 mm)
width. Corrected
Surface of Uncorrected
Grind the valve surface to a 45° angle. Valve Seat Surface of
A – 45° cutter Valve Seat
B – 15° cutter
C – 65° or 70° cutter
MC–2185
Install the valve in the seat and check the depth [D].
D
The specification for the depth of the valve is
0.035–0.043’’ (0,9–1,1 mm).
NOTE: If the measurement is more than the

specifications add the correct thickness
washer under the valve spring to keep the
correct tension on the spring.
B–3634
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Cylinder Head (Cont’d)
A
Clean the valve guide.
Install the valve in the cylinder head.
Install a dial indicator gauge.
Measure the clearance of the valve guide and the valve
[A].
The measurement must be 0.0014–0.0026’’
(0,035–0,065 mm). Replace the valve guide and valves
as needed. Make sure to ream the new guide to the
correct dimensions. B–3698
Measure the valve spring [B]. The length of the spring

must be 1.382–1.402’’ (35,1–35,6 mm). Replace the
B
valve spring if it does not meet the specification.

B–3696
Check the valve spring with a straight edge to make sure

it is straight [C]. Replace the spring if it is not straight. C
B–3680
Put the valve spring in a tester.

D
A–2759
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Cylinder Head (Cont’d)
A
Push down on the spring 1.22’’ (31 mm). The
compression load must be 16.5 lbs. (7,49 kg). Replace
the valve spring if it does not meet these specifications.
Measure the inside diameter of the rock arm bushing and
the shaft diameter [A].
The inside of the rocker arm bushing is 0.4330–04346’’
(10,997–11,038 mm). The rocker arm shaft diameter is
0.4320–0.4324’’ (10,973–10,984 mm). If the
measurements are not within the specifications, replace
the parts as needed.
B–3697
Assembly of the Cylinder Head
Install the valves. B
Put oil on the valve seal and install the valve seal on the
valve.
Install the valve spring and the retainer.
Install the thermostat.

Install a new gasket and the thermostat housing.
Installing the Cylinder Head

Install a new O–ring on the engine block [B].
B–5890
Install a new head gasket and shim if there was a shim

present during disassembly [C]. The shim (when used) C
goes between the cylinder head and gasket.
Install the cylinder head on the engine block.
B–5886
Put oil on the cylinder head bolts and nuts and tighten to
29–33 ft.–lbs. (40–45 Nm) torque. Use the same tighten D
sequence as shown in [D].
A–2773
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Cylinder Head (Cont’d)
A
Lower the piston which is to be measured for the
clearance between the cylinder head and the piston.
Put a piece of solder in the injector port [A]. Make sure the
solder does not touch the valves.
Turn the engine with your hand until the piston goes over
TDC.
Remove the solder and measure it. The thickness must
be 0.0236–0.315’’ (0,6–0,8 mm). If the measurement is
not in this specification, remove the cylinder head and
install the correct shim between the cylinder head and the B–4068
gasket.
0.0057–0.0073 in.
Install the cylinder head and tighten the bolts and nuts to
29–33 ft.–lbs. (40–45 Nm) torque. (See Torque Sequence
B (0,145–0,185 mm)
on Page 7B–28 [D].)
Install the push rods.
Install the rocker arms.
Install the shrouding and blower fan. (See Page 7B–21.)

Install the injector nozzles with a new copper gasket. (See
Page 7B–9.)
Install the injector high pressure tubelines.
Install the intake manifold. A–2730
Make sure the piston is at TDC when making the

adjustment and adjust the clearance to the valves. The
correct clearance is 0.0057’’–0.0073’’ (0,145–0,185 mm) C
cold clearance [B].
Adjust the valve clearance [C].

Install the valve cover with a new gasket.
NOTE: Make sure to tighten the cylinder head bolts
and nuts to the correct torque after the
engine as been operated for 30 minutes.
B–5893
440, 443 & 443B Loader

REPAIRING THE ENGINE
See Page 7B–23 to remove the cylinder head. Remove
A
the tappets [A] from the engine block.
B–5092
Remove the starter [B]. B

See Page 7B–6 to remove the fuel injection pump.

B–6248
Removing the Gear Case

C
Remove the governor spring from the governor fork [C].
B–3676
Remove the plate for the speed control and the governor
spring [D]. D
B–3647
440, 443 & 443B Loader

REPAIRING THE ENGINE (Cont’d)
Removing the Gear Case (Cont’d)
A
Remove the start spring from the gear case [A].
Straighten the washer on the crankshaft sheave. Remove
the nut and washer.
B–3678
Use a puller and remove the crankshaft [B]. B

Remove the key.
Remove the bolts from the gear case.

B–5896
Remove the gear case and the O–ring [C].

C
B–5895
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Tining Gear, Camshaft & Oil Pump
A
Remove the crankshaft collar, O–ring, oil slinger and the
gear collar [A].
B–3637
Remove the snap ring on the idler gear [B]. B

B–5918
Remove the idler gear [C].

C
Remove the idler collar from the shaft.
Align the hole in the gear on the camshaft with the stop
plate bolts.
B–3699
Remove the bolts from the camshaft stop [D].

D
B–5930
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Timing Gear, Camshaft & Oil Pump
A
Remove the camshaft [A].
Remove the 2 bolts that hold the fork lever on the fuel
camshaft.
B–3655
Remove the fork lever [B]. B

B–5919
Remove the stop for the fuel camshaft (Item 1) [C].

C 1
Remove the fuel camshaft and gear (Item 2) [C].
Straighten the washer on the gear of the oil pump.
Remove the bolt from the oil pump gear.
B–5922
Remove the pump gear [D].

D
B–5923
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing the Tining Gear, Camshaft & Oil Pump
A
(Cont’d)
Remove the oil pump bolts and the oil pump [A].
B–5925
Remove the crankshaft gear with a puller [B].

B
Remove the key.

B–3686
Removing Pistons & Crankshaft C

Remove the oil pan [C].
B–5924
Remove the oil tube and screen [D]. DO NOT damage the D
O–ring.
Remove the connect rod bolts.
B–5920
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Removing Pistons & Crankshaft (Cont’d)
A
Remove the cap and the bearing from the connecting rod
[A].
B–3688
Remove the piston from the engine block [B]. B

NOTE: Make sure the pistons are marked so they will
be returned to the same cylinder.
Straighten the washers on the flywheel bolts.

Remove the bolts from the flywheel.

Use a puller to remove the flywheel.
Straighten the washers on the bolts that hold the main
bearing in position.
B–3625
Remove the main bearing bolts from the engine block [C].
C
Straighten the washers on the bolts that hold the main
bearing cover in position.
B–3644
Remove the bolts (Item 1) [D].

D
Install two bolts in the cover and pull the cover out (Item
2) [D].
1
B–3648
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Removing Pistons & Crankshaft (Cont’d)
Remove the crankshaft from the rear of the engine [A].
Make sure you do not damage the crankshaft.
Straighten the washers on the bolts on the main bearings.
B–4126
Remove the bolts [B].

Remove the bearing halves of the main bearings.
B

B–4092
Servicing the Timing Gear and Camshaft

Measure the camshaft bearing on the engine block [C].
C
The specifications are 1.2992–1.3002’’ (33,00–33,025
mm). The allowable wear limit is 0.002–0.0036’’
(0,05–0,09 mm).
B–3620
Measure the camshaft journals [D]. The specifications

are 1.2966–1.2972’’ (32,934–32,950 mm). The allowable
wear limit is 0.002–0.0036’’ (0,05–0,09 mm). D
If the measurements are not within the specifications,
replace the needed parts.
Put the camshaft on v–blocks.
Put a dial gauge on the journal.
A–2761
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Timing Gear and Camshaft (Cont’d)
A
Turn the camshaft at a a slow rate [A]. The allowable wear
limit is 0.0031’’ (0,08 mm).
If the camshaft measurements are more than the
specifications, replace the needed parts.
A–2760
Measure the highest point on each lobe [B]. B

The specifications are 1.058’’ (26,88 mm). The allowable
wear limit is 1.0563’’ (26,83 mm).
NOTE: After the crankshaft is installed, check the

clearance for the camshaft gear.

B–5001
Install a dial gauge on the camshaft gear [C].

C
Hold the one gear while turning the other gear.
mm). The allowable wear limit is 0.0079’’ (0,2 mm).
B–3672
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Connecting Rods and Pistons
A
Remove the piston rings and piston pin [A].
NOTE: Make sure to mark the piston and the

connecting rod so they are assembled
correctly.
B–3621
Measure the piston pin hole with a micrometer [B].

B
mm). The allowable wear limit is 0.7886’’ (20,03mm).

A–2733
Measure the piston pin and connecting rod bushing with
a micrometer [C].
C
mm). The allowable wear limit is 0.0059’’ (0,15 mm).
Put the piston ring in the engine block cylinder. Use a
piston to push the ring to the bottom of the cylinder bore.
B–3633
Measure the clearance with a feeler gauge [D].

The specifications are as listed below:
D
Top Ring & Second Ring . . . . . . . . . . 0.00118–0.0177’’
(0,30=0,45 mm)
Oil Ring . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0098–0.0157’’ (0,25–0,040 mm)
The allowable wear limit for all the rings is 0.0492’’ (1,25
mm).
B–3622
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Connecting Rods and Pistons (Cont’d)
A
Install the connecting rod on the tool and check for correct
alignment [A].
NOTE: Check the I.D. of the connecting rod bushing,

make sure it is not worn.

wear limit is 0.0020’’ (0,05 mm).
B–4067
Servicing the Crankshaft

Put the crankshaft on v–blocks [B].
B
Put a dial gauge on the center journal. Turn the crankshaft
at a slow rate.
wear limit is 0.0031’’ (0,08 mm).

A–2763
Measure the no. 1 main bearing [C]. The specifications

are 1.7317–1.7339’’ (43,984–44,040 mm). The clearance
C
between the bearing and the journal must be
0.0013–0.0042’’ (0,034–0,106 mm) and the allowable
wear limit is 0.0079’’ (0,2 mm). Replace as needed.
B–3631
Put a piece of plastic gauge on the crankshaft main

bearing [D].
D
Install the main bearing on the journal and tighten the
bolts to 21–25 ft.–lbs. (29–34 Nm) torque.
NOTE: DO NOT turn the bearing.
B–3618
440, 443 & 443B Loader

A
Servicing the Crankshaft (Cont’d)
Remove the main bearing and measure the plastic gauge
[A]. Measure the plastic gauge with the paper gauge and
if the measurement is over the allowable limit, replace as
needed.
The specifications for the outside diameter of the
crankshaft journal is: (Std.) 1.7297–1.7303’’
(43,934–43,950 mm). The inside diameter of the main
bearings is: (Std.) 1.7317–1.7339’’ (43,984–44,026 mm).
the minimum allowable wear limit between the two items
is 0.0079’’ (0,20 mm).
B–4065
Measure the connecting rod bearings [B]. The

specifications are 1.4569–1.4587’’ (37,005–37,050 mm).
B
120°

A–2727
Measure the connecting rod journal [C]. The

specifications are 1.4551–1.4557’’ (36,959–36,975 mm).
C
The allowable wear limit between the two items is 0.0079’’
(0,2 mm).
A–2716
If the journals are not specifications, grind the crankshaft.

(See Section 8 for the correct specifications [D].) D A
A A–2716
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Crankshaft (Cont’d)
A
When the crankshaft is installed, the end play must be
checked [A]. If the end play is more than 0.0059–0.0122’’
(0,15–0,31 mm) replace the thrust bearing on the main
bearing.
B–10072
Servicing the Cylinder Liners B

Use a micrometer to measure the inside of the cylinder
liner [B].

B–10073
To find the maximum wear, measure the inside diameter

of the cylinder liner in three different locations [C]. The C
inside diameter specifications on the cylinder liner is
2.6772–2.6779’’ (68,00–68,019 mm). The allowable wear
limit is +0.0059’’ (+0,15 mm). A
B
When the cylinder has more wear than the specifications,
bore and hone the cylinder to an oversize diameter. (See
Specifications Section 8–1.)
NOTE: Make sure you use the correct oversize

pistons and rings.
When the cylinder wear is more than the wear limit, 1

replace the cylinders. These are dry liners.
Remove the cylinder liners.
Clean and put oil in the bore of the engine block.
Clean and put oil on the outside of the cylinder liner.
2
Install the cylinder liner into the engine block with the
chamfered end down.
After installation of the cylinder liner, bore or hone the
cylinder to standard size (See Specifications Section
8–1).
3
A–2717
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Servicing the Oil Pump
A
Use a feeler gauge to check the clearance between the
inner and outer rotor [A].
The clearance for the inner rotor is 0.0039–0.0063’’
(0,099–0,0160 mm). the allowable wear limit is 0.0079’’
(0,2 mm).
B–3616
Use a feeler gauge to check the clearance between the

outer rotor and the body of the oil pump [B]. B
The clearance for the outer rotor is 0.0043–0.0075’’
(0,11–0,19 mm).
At rated engine RPM, the oil pump pressure is 28 to 64
PSI (196 to 441 kPa). It must not be any lower than 10 PSI
(69 kPa) at engine idle RPM.

A–2732
Servicing the Water Pump

C
Remove the water pump from the gearcase [C].
Put the water pump in a vise and remove the sheave.
B–5926
Drive the shaft out the impeller side of the water pump [D].
D
Remove the seal.
When installing the water pump on the engine use a new
gasket.
(4)
(2)
(3) (1)
B–5929
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ASSEMBLY OF THE ENGINE Case
Installing the Crankshaft
A
Install the main bearing cases on the crankshaft journals
with the marks toward the flywheel. Tighten the bolts to
15–17 ft.–lbs. (20–24 Nm) torque.
Marks
Install the thrust bearing with the oil grooves to the
outside.
Install the crankshaft in the engine. Make sure the holes
in the main bearings are aligned with the holes in the
engine block [A].
Case
Install the main bearing case bolts and tighten to 22–25 Bolts
ft.–lbs. (30–34 Nm) torque [A]. A–2736
Install new seals on the crankshaft rear cover.

Install the rear cover and tighten the bolts to 7–9 ft.–lbs.
B
(9,5–12 Nm) torque.
Installing the Pistons

Assemble the connecting rod to the piston.

NOTE: Make sure the marks on the piston and
connecting rod are in the same direction.
Install the rings on the piston [B]. Position the top ring gap
toward the camshaft. Position the other rings so there is B–3614
a gap every 120° with no gap toward the piston pin in the
cylinder.
Install the pistons in the engine block using a ring C
compressor. The alignment marks must be opposite the
camshaft.
Align the bearing cap to the connecting rod [C].
Put oil on the bolts and tighten to 19–22 ft.–lbs. (27–30
Nm) torque.
Install the oil pump tube and screen.
Put a new gasket on the oil pan and install the oil pan.
A–2731
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ASSEMBLY OF THE ENGINE (Cont’d)
Installing the Camshaft and Timing Gears
A
Install the oil pump and tighten the bolts to 5–6 ft.–lbs.
(8–9 Nm) torque [A].
Install the gear and tighten the nut.
Install the key and gear on the camshaft.
B–3658
Install the fuel camshaft and fork lever [B]. B

Install the stop bolt on the fork lever and tighten to 5–6
ft.–lbs. (8–9 Nm) torque.
Install the bolts and tighten to 13–15 ft.–lbs. (18–21 Nm)
torque.

B–3649
Install the camshaft and tighten the bolts to 14–15 ft.–lbs.

(18–21 Nm) torque [C]. C
B–3655
Install the idler gear [D].

D
B–3699
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Installing the Camshaft and Timing Gears
A
Make sure the timing marks are in correct alignment [A].
Install the snap ring on the idler gear shaft.
B–5927
Install the oil slinger. Put oil on the O–ring and install the
O–ring and the collar [B].
B

B–4098
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
A
Installing the Gearcase Cover
Install the three O–rings and the oil seal in the gearcase
cover [A]. Put oil on the oil seal.
Put non–drying adhesive on the edge of the gearcase
cover.
Install the gearcase cover and tighten the bolts to 13–15
ft.–lbs. (18–21 Nm) torque.
Oil Seal
B–3617
Install and connect the start spring [B].

B

B–3678
Install the speed control plate and the governor spring

[C]. C
NOTE: Make sure you do not drop the governor
spring into the gearcase.
B–3647
Connect the governor spring [D].

D
See Page 7B–6 to install the fuel injection pump.
See Page 7B–28 to install the cylinder head on the engine
block.
See Page 7B–17 to install the engine in the loader.
B–3676
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TECHNICAL DATA
Page
Number
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS– 440 (KOHLER)

Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Cylinder Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Engine (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Engine Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–6
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–6
Piston, Pin & Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Valves, Guides & Tappet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS– 443 (KUBOTA)

Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–10
Crankshaft Re–Grind Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–12
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–10
Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–11
Engine Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–11
Fuel Injector Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9

Fuel Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
Grinding Specifications for the Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–12
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–10
‘ Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–10
Piston Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–10
Rocker Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–10
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
Valve Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–25
440 LOADER SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4 DATA
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Operation & Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
443 LOADER SPECIFICATIONS

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–8
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–8
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–8
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–7
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–8
Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–7
Operation & Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–7
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–8
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

440 LOADER SPECIFICATIONS • Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and dirt bucket.
Dimensions may vary with other types. All dimensions are shown in inches. Respective
metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
LOADER DIMENSIONS • Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to
change without notice.
35.11
(891,8)
99° 119.02
(3023)
55.43
(1408)
38° 92.40
(2347)
14.25 33.94
(362) (862)
72.15
(1832,6)
28.3
(719) 45.47
71.54 (1155)
(1817)
24.17
(614)
26° 25°
5.87
(149) 28.41 7.09
‘‘A’’
(721,7) (180)

72.83 ‘‘B’’
(1850)
PI–2617
96.02
(2439) ‘‘A’’ STD. TIRES – (29.41 (747)
FLOTATION – 34.80 (884)
‘‘B’’ STD. TIRES – 35.43 (900)
FLOTATION – 43.31 (1100)
OPERATIONS & PERFORMANCE 440
Weights
Operating Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2260 lbs. (1025 kg)
Rated Operating Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 lbs. (272 kg)
Bucket Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.91 cu.–ft. (0.139 m3)
Travel Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infinitely variable 0–5.2 MPH (8,4 km/hr.)
Controls
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direction & speed controlled by two hand levers.
Loader Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift, tilt function controlled by separate foot pedals. Auxiliary functions
controlled by the right steering lever.
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hand lever throttle; key–type starter switch
Main Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical disc, foot operated pedal,
ENGINE
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kohler
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KT17QS
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gasoline
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 HP (12,1 kW) @3000 RPM
Maximum Governed RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . 3000 RPM
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5 ft.–lbs. (40 Nm) @ 2350 RPM
Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two
Bore/Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.125 (79,4)/2.75 (69,8)
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.19 cu. in. (691,4 cm3)
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure System W/Filter
Crankcase Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure System
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 volt, battery ignition W/breaker points & coil.
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry replaceable paper element.
High Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3200 RPM
Low Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 RPM
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440
LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (Cont’d)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine driven gear type
Pump Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 GPM (25,7 L/min.) @ 3200 RPM
System Main Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270–1330 PSI (8756–9170 kPa)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 micron replaceable cartridge on the port block
Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Doubleacting
Bore Diameter:
Lift Cylinder (2) .................... 2.0 (50,8)
Tilt Cylinder (1) .................... 3.0 (76,2)
Rod Diameter:
Lift Cylinder (2) .................... 1.0 (25,4)
Tilt Cylinder (1) .................... 1.25 (31,8)
Stroke:
Lift Cylinder (2) .................... 21.88 (555,8)
Tilt Cylinder (1) .................... 10.94 (277,9)
Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–spool, open series type W/float & detent on lift & detent on the auxiliary
Fluid Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE standard full flow tubes, hoses & fittings
Hydraulic Function Time:

Raise Lift Arms to Maximum Height . . . . 5.0 Seconds
Lower Lift Arms from Maximum Height . 4.0 Seconds
Move Bucket to Dump Position . . . . . . . . 3.0 Seconds
Move Bucket to Retracted Position . . . . 2.5 Seconds

ELECTRICAL
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 amp. flywheel @3200 RPM
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 volt, 370 cold crank amps. @ 0°F (–17,8°C) 106 min. reserve capacity
Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 volt, gear drive
DRIVE SYSTEM
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic infinitely variable, fully reversing.
Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chains & sprockets in sealed crankcase with oil lubrication.
CAPACITIES
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 gals. (24,5 L)
Engine Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 pts. (1,42 L)
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . 4.0 gals. (15 L) (Includes 5.3 qts. [5L] in the reservoir).
Chaincase Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 gals. (11,4 L)
TIRES
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70 x 12,4 ply rating
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 PSI (276 kPa)
Flotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50 x 12,4 ply rating
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 –36 PSI (234 – 248 kPa)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS – 440 (KOHLER)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
Engine (General)
Ignition Point Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.017–0.023 (0,432–0,580)
Spark Plug Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.025 (0,635)
Compression at Cranking Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100–120 PSI (689–827 kPa)
High Idle No Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3200 RPM
Low Idle No Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 RPM
Oil Pressure (Idle RPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–50 PSI (172–345 kPa)
Cylinder Bore
New Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.125 (79,38)

Wear Diameter (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.128 (79,45)
Taper (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 (0,038)
Out–of–Round (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002 (0,05)
Crankshaft
End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002–0.023 (0,051–0,580)

Crankpin–New Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3733–1.3738 (34,89–34,90)
Crankpin–Out–of–Round (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0005 (0,013)
Crankpin–Taper (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 (0,025)
Sleeve Bearing–Running Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0013–0.0033 (0,034–0,083)
Bearing Diameter (Minimum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7407 (44,22)

Camshaft
End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003–0.013 (0,077–0,330)

Shaft to Bearing Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0010–0.0025 (0,025–0,063)
Connecting Rod
Big End–New Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3750–1.3755 (34,925–34,937)

Big End–Wear Diameter (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/376 (34,950)
Small End–New Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.62565 (15,891)
Rod to Piston Pin–Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0006–0.0011 (0,016–0,027)
Side Play on Crankpin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005–0.016 (0,13–0,41)
Crankpin Running Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0012–0.0022 (0,030–0,056)
Piston, Pin & Rings
*Thrust Face–Wear Diameter (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1165 (79,159)

*Thrust Fact to Bore Running (@Gauge Dia.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.006–0.008 (0,15–0,20)
Ring–Side Clearance–Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002–0.004 (0,51–0,10)
Second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001–0.003 (0,025–0,077)
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001–0.003 (0,025–0,077)
Ring–End Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010–0.020 (0,254–0,508)
Wrist Pin to Boss (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0006–0.0011 (0,016–0,027)
Valves, Guides & Tappet
Intake Valve to Tappet Clearance (Cold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003–0.008 (0,076–0,150)

Exhaust Valve to Tappet Clearance (Cold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.011–0.014 (0,279–0,355)
Valve Lift–Zero Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.280 (7,11)
Intake Valve Stem to Guide (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0045 (0,114)
Exhaust Valve Stem to Guide (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.280 (7,11)
Tappet Clearance in Guide (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0005–0.0024 (0,013–0,060)
Valve Guide Interference Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002–0.005 (0,013–0,051)
Valve Guide Ream Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.312–0.313 (7,925–7,950)
*Measured just below oil ring at right angles to the pin.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS – 440 (KOHLER) (Cont’d)
Oil Pump
Pump Shaft to Crankcase Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0010–0.0025 (0,025–0,063)
Pump Drive Gear End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010–0.029 (0,254–0,736)
Engine Torque
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–15 ft.–lbs. (14–20 Nm)

Flywheel Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ft.–lbs. (54 Nm)
Manifold Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 in–lbs. (17 Nm)
Closure Plate Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 in.–lbs. (17 Nm)
*Cylinder Head Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–20 ft.–lbs. (20–27 Nm)
Cylinder Barrel Stud Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ft.–lbs. (41 Nm)
*Connecting Rod Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 in.–lbs. (23 Nm)
Crankcase Stud Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 in.–lbs. (29 Nm)
Chaincase Slot Head Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 in.–lbs. (4 Nm)
*Lubricate with oil at assembly.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

443 LOADER SPECIFICATIONS • Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and dirt bucket.
Dimensions may vary with other types. All dimensions are shown in inches. Respective
metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
LOADER DIMENSIONS • Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to
change without notice.
35.11
(891,8)
99° 119.02
(3023)
55.43
(1408)
38° 92.40
(2347)
14.25 33.94
(362) (862)
72.15
(1832,6)
28.3
(719) 45.47
71.54 (1155)
(1817)
24.17
(614)
26° 25°
5.87
(149) 28.41 7.09 ‘‘A’’
(721,7) (180)

72.83 ‘‘B’’
(1850)
PI–2617
96.02
(2439) ‘‘A’’ STD. TIRES – (29.41 (747)
FLOTATION – 34.80 (884)
‘‘B’’ STD. TIRES – 35.43 (900)
FLOTATION – 43.31 (1100)
OPERATIONS & PERFORMANCE 443
Weights
Operating Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2513 lbs. (1140 kg)
Rated Operating Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 lbs. (272 kg)
Bucket Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.91 cu.–ft. (0.139 m3)
Travel Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infinitely variable 0–5.2 MPH (8,4 km/hr.)
Controls
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direction & speed controlled by two hand levers.
Loader Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift, tilt function controlled by separate foot pedals. Auxiliary functions
controlled by the right steering lever.
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hand lever throttle; key–type starter switch
Main Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical disc, foot operated pedal
ENGINE
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kohler
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D750–B
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 HP (11,2 kW) @3000 RPM
Maximum Governed RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . 3000 RPM
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1 ft.–lbs. (42,2 Nm) @ 1800 RPM
Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three
Bore/Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68 (68)/2.76 (70)
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.5 cu. in. (762 cm3)
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure System W/Filter
Crankcase Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry replaceable paper element.
High Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3200 RPM
Low Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 RPM
440, 443 & 443B Loader

LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (Cont’d) 443
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine driven gear type
Pump Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 GPM (25,7 L/min.) @ 3200 RPM
System Main Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270–1330 PSI (8756–9170 kPa)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 micron replaceable cartridge on the port block
Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Doubleacting
Bore Diameter:
Lift Cylinder (2) .................... 2.0 (50,8)
Tilt Cylinder (1) .................... 3.0 (76,2)
Rod Diameter:
Lift Cylinder (2) .................... 1.0 (25,4)
Tilt Cylinder (1) .................... 1.25 (31,8)
Stroke:
Lift Cylinder (2) .................... 21.88 (555,8)
Tilt Cylinder (1) .................... 10.94 (277,9)
Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–spool, open center, series type W/float & detent on lift & detent on the auxiliary
Fluid Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE standard full flow tubes, hoses & fittings
Hydraulic Function Time:

Raise Lift Arms to Maximum Height . . . . 5.0 Seconds
Lower Lift Arms from Maximum Height . 4.0 Seconds
Move Bucket to Dump Position . . . . . . . . 3.0 Seconds
Move Bucket to Retracted Position . . . . 2.5 Seconds

ELECTRICAL
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 amp. open
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 volt, 370 cold crank amps. @ 0°F (–17,8°C) 106 min. reserve capacity
Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 volt, gear drive
DRIVE SYSTEM
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic infinitely variable, fully reversing.
Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chains & sprockets in sealed crankcase with oil lubrication.
CAPACITIES
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 qts. (3,3 L)
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 gals. (24,6 L)
Engine Lubrication w/filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 qts. (3,8 L)
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . 4.0 gals. (15 L) (Includes 5.3 qts. [5L] in the reservoir).
Chaincase Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 gals. (11,4 L)
TIRES
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70 x 15,4 ply rating
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 PSI (276 kPa)
Flotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50 x 15,4 ply rating
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 –36 PSI (234 – 248 kPa)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS – 443 (KUBOTA)
Engine compression @200–300 RPM (Operating Temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 PSI (3103 kPa)
Fuel Injector Nozzles
Opening Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1990–2133 PSI (1372–1468 kPa)

Fuel Tightness Nozzle Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1848 PSI (12742 kPa) Dry Nozzle
Fuel Injection Pump
Fuel Tightness of the Plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Sec.: initial pressure drop from 1237–1031 PSI (8532–7110 kPa)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Sec. or Less
Fuel Tightness of Delivery Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Sec.: initial pressure drop from 1422–71 PSI (9805–490 kPa)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Sec. or Less
Injection Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23–25 degrees B.T.D.C.
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Distortion Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0020’’ (0,05 mm) in 4’’ (100 mm) of length of the cylinder head surfaces.
Thickness of Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0413’’–0.0453’’ (1,05–1,15 mm)
Thickness of Gasket Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0079 (0,2)
Top Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0236–0.0315’’ (0,6–0,8 mm)
Head Bolt Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29–33 ft.–lbs. (39–45 Nm)
Valves

Valve Seat Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.083’’ (2,1 mm)
Valve Seat Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 degrees
O.D. of the Valve Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2740–0.2746’’ (6,96–6,975 mm)
I.D. of the Valve Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2759–0.2765’’ (7,010–7,025 mm)
Clearance between Valve Stem & Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0014–0.0026’’ (0,035–0,065 mm)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.004’’ (0,1 mm)
Depth of Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.035–0.043’’ (0,9–1,1 mm)
Valve Clearance (Cold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0057–0.0073’’ (0,145–0,185 mm)
Valve Springs
Free Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.382–1.402’’ (35,1–35,6 mm)

Fitted Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2201’’ (30,09 mm)
Load to Compress to Fitted Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5 lbs. (7,49 mm)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 lbs. (6,36 kg)
Limit Permitted for Spring being Straight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.051’’ (1,3 mm)
Rocker Arms
O.D. of Rocker Arm Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4320–0.4324’’ (10,973–10,983 mm)

I.D. of Rocker Arm Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4330–0.4345’’ (10,997–11,038 mm)
Clearance between Rocker Arm Shaft & Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0005–0.0026’’ (0,013–0,065 mm)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0047’’ (0,12 mm)
Camshaft
O.D. of Camshaft Bearing Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2966–1.2972’’ (32,934–32,950 mm)
I.D. of Camshaft Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2992–1.3002’’ (33,00–33,025 mm)
Clearance between Camshaft Bearing & Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0020–0.0036’’ (0,050–0,091 mm)
Alignment of the Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0020’’ (0,05 mm)
Cam Lobe Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0583’’ (26,88 mm)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0563’’ (26,83 mm)
Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0017–0.0045’’ (0,042–0,115 mm)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0079’’ (0,2 mm)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS – 443 (KUBOTA) (Cont’d)
Cylinders
I.D. of Cylinder Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6772–2.6779’’ (68,00–68,019 mm)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.0059’’ (+0,015 mm)
Piston Rings
Ring Gap, Top & 2nd Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0098–0.0158’’ (0,25–0,40 mm)

Ring Gap, Oil Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0078–0.0158’’ (0,20–0,40 mm)
Side Clearance of Ring in Groove
Top Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00’’ (0,0 mm)
2nd Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0033–0.0044’’ (0,085–0,112 mm)
Oil ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0008–0.0020’’ (0,020–0,052 mm)
Oversize of Piston & Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0197 (0,5 mm)
Pistons
I.D. of Piston Bosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7874–0.7879’’ (20,0–20,013 mm)

Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7885’’ (20,03 mm)
O.D. of Piston Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7875–0.7878’’ (20,002–20,011 mm)
I.D. of Connecting Rod Bushing (Small End, Fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7884–0.7890’’ (20,025–20.040 mm)
Clearance between Piston Pin & Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0006–0.0015’’ (0,014–0,038 mm)

Connecting Rod Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0008’’ (0,02 mm)
Crankshaft
Crankshaft Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0008’’ (0,02 mm)
O.D. of Crankshaft Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7297–1.7303’’ (43,934–43,950 mm)
I.D. of Crankshaft Bearing No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7317–1.7339’’ (43,984–44,040 mm)
Clearance between Crankshaft Journal & Bearing No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0013–0.0042’’ (0,034–0,106 mm)
Clearance between Crankshaft Journals & Bearing No. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0013’’–0.0036’’ (0,034–0,092 mm)
O.D. of Connecting Rod Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4551–1.4557’’ (36,959–36,975 mm)
I.D. of Connecting Rod Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4569–1.4587’’ (47,004–47,050 mm)
Clearance between Connecting Rod Journal & Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0011–0.0036’’ (0,029–0,091 mm)
Crankshaft End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0059–0.0122’’ (0,15–0,31 mm)
Oil Pump
Oil Pressure @ Rated RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28–63 PSI (196–441 kPa)
Limit Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 PSI (196 kPa)
Oil Pressure @ Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 PSI (69 kPa)
Rotor Lobe Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0043–0.0059’’ (0,11–0,15 mm)
Clearance between Outer Rotor & Pump Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0028–0.0059’’ (0,07–0,15 mm)
End Clearance Between Rotor & Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0031–0.0051’’ (0,08–0,13 mm)
Thermostat
Opening Temperature (Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176.9°–182.3°F (80,5°–83,5°C)
(Full Open) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203°F (95°C)
Distance of Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3150’’ (8 mm)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Torque
Bolt material grades are shown by numbers punched on the bolt heads.
Before tightening, check the numbers shown below.
PUNCHED NUMBER BOLT MATERIAL GRADE

None Standard S41, S20C
7 Special Bolts S43C, S48C (Refined)
9 Special Bolts SCM3, SCR3 (Refined)
BOLT TORQUES
MATERIAL GRADE STANDARD BOLT SPECIAL BOLT SPECIAL BOLT
NOMINAL DIAMETER SS41, S20C S43C, S48C (Refined) SCR3, SCM3 (Refined)
M6 5.8 to 6.9 ft.–lbs. 7.2 to 8.3 ft.–lbs. 9.0 to 10.5 ft.–lbs.
(7.8 to 9.3 Nm) (9.8 to 11.3 Nm) (12.3 to 14.2 Nm)

M8 13.0 to 15.2 ft.–lbs. 174. to 20.3 ft.–lbs. 21.7 to 25.3 ft.–lbs.
(17.7 to 20.6 Nm) (23.5 to 27.5 Nm) (29.4 to 34.3 Nm)
(39.2 to 45.1 Nm) (48.0 to 55.9 Nm) (60.8 to 70.6 Nm)
(62.8 to 72.6 Nm) (77.5 to 90.2 Nm) (103.0 to 117.7 Nm)
(107.9 to 125.5 Nm) (123.6 to 147.1 Nm) (166.7 to 196.1 Nm)
M16 123.0 to 141.0 ft.–lbs 144.7 to 166.4 ft.–lbs. 191.7 to 224.2 ft.–lbs.
(166.7 to 191.2 Nm) (196.1 to 225.5 Nm) (259.9 to 304.0 Nm)
(245.2 to 284.4 Nm) (274.6 to 318.7 Nm) (343.2 to 402.0 Nm)
(333.4 to 392.2 Nm) (367.7 to 431.5 Nm) (490.3 to 568.7 Nm)
*Cylinder Head Bolts and Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . 28.7–32.5 ft.–lbs. (38,9–44,1 Nm)

*Main Bearing Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–17 ft.–lbs. (20.24 Nm)
*Main Bearing Case Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–25 ft.–lbs. (29–34 Nm)
*Flywheel Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40–43 ft.–lbs. (54–59 Nm)
*Connecting Rod Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20–22 ft.–lbs. (27–30 Nm)
*Rocker Arm Bracket Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–15 ft.–lbs. (17–21 Nm)
*Idler Gear Shaft Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8 ft.–lbs. (9–11 Nm)
Glow Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–18 ft.–lbs. (2–25 Nm)
Drain Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30–36 ft.–lbs. (39–49 Nm)
Nozzle Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–36 ft.–lbs. (29–49 Nm)
Oil Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–15 ft.–lbs. (15–20 Nm)
Fuel Injection Tubeline Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–19 ft.–lbs. (15–26 Nm)
Crankshaft Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101–116 ft.–lbs. (137–157 Nm)
Injection Pump Vent Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–13 ft.–lbs. (14–18 Nm)
*Lightly Oiled Threads
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–SpecificationsSection
Crankshaft Re–Grind Data

If the standard size bearing cannot be used due to excessive wear of
the crankpin and crank journals, use undersize or oversize bearings.
D
3 C
1
A B

1 2
B–5928
REF. SIZE CODE NUMBER DESCRIPTION DIMENSION MARK

0.008 in. 15261–2391–1 Crankshaft 1.7218–17224 in. 020US
A (0,2 mm) U/S Bearing #1 (43,743–43,750 mm)
0.016 in. 15261–2392–1 Crankshaft 1.7139–1.7146 in. 040US
(0,4 mm) U/S Bearing #1 (43,534–43,550 mm)
0.008 in 15261–2393–1 Crankshaft 1.7218–1.7224 in. 020US
B (0,2 mm) U/S Bearing #1 (43,734–43,750 mm)
0.016 in. 15261–2394–1 Crankshaft 1.7139–17146 in. 040US
(0,4 mm) U/S Bearing #1 (43,534–43,550 mm)
0.008 in. 15531–2297–1 Crankpin 1.4472–1.4478 in. 020US
C (0,2 mm) U/S Bearing (36,759–36,775 mm)
0.016 in. 15531–2298–1 Crankpin 1.4393–1.4400 in. 040US
(0,4 mm) U/S Bearing (36,559–36,575 mm)
0,008 in. 15261–2397–1 Crankshaft 0.9528–0.9547 in. 0.20 OS
D (0,2 mm) O/S 15261–2395–1 Thrust Bearing (24,20–24,25 mm)
0.016 in. 15261–2398–1 Crankshaft 0.9606–0.9626 in. 0.40 OS
(0,4 mm) O/S 15261–2396–1 Thrust Bearing (24,40–24,45 mm)
0.1300–0.1457 in.
1 Radius – .13 – .1457 in (3,3 – 3,7 mm) (3,3–3,7 mm)
0.1102–0.1260 in.
2 Radius – .1102 – .1260 in. (2,8 – 3,2 mm) (2,8–3,2 mm)
IMPORTANT: Oil hoses must have a 0.0394 – 0.0591 in. (1 – 1,5 mm)
3 chamfer. Use on oil stone to chamfer the oil hole.
440, 443 & 443B Loader

SPECIFICATIONS
Page
Number
DECIMAL AND MILLIMETER EQUIVALENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–16
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–15
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS

Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–17
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Bob–Tach & Lift Arm Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–8
Brake,Chaincase& Axle Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–10
Engine Group – 440 Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–3
Engine Group – 443 Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–4
Fuel System Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–6
Hydraulic Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–11
Hydrostatic Group – 440 Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–13
Hydrostatic Group – 443 Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–14
Operator Cab, Main Frame & Rear Door Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–12
Seat Bar & Pedal Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–9
Steering Controls & Panel Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–7

U.S. TO METRIC CONVERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–16
SPECIFICATIONS
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Group – 440 Loader
2
Ref. Torque
1. 105 – 130 in.–lbs.
(12 – 15 Nm)
Adjust & lock to give
2., the lever 3 – 13 ft.–lbs.
(5 – 17 Nm) tension.
Torque all other hardware to

Grade 5/bolt & nut size 1
unless otherwise specified.

1
1 E–1483
C–2809
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Group – 443 Loader
Ref. Torque
1. 16 – 20 ft.–lbs.
(22 – 27 Nm)
2. 85 – 92 in.–lbs.
(9,5 – 10,5 Nm)
3. 32 – 34 ft.–lbs.
(43 – 47 Nm)
4. 18 19 ft.–lbs.
(24 26 Nm)
5. 60 – 84 in.–lbs.
(6,8 – 9,5 Nm)

Grade 5/bolt & nut size

1
4
3
2
E–1505
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Engine Group – 443 Loader (Cont’d)
1
Ref. Torque
1. Adjust & lock to give
the lever 3–13 ft.–lbs.
(5–17 Nm) tension.
2. 55–63 in.–lbs.
(6,3–7,1 Nm)
3. 35–40 in.–lbs.
4–5 Nm)
4. 80–90 in.–lbs.
(9–10 Nm)
5. 25–18 ft.–lbs.
(34–37 Nm)

4
3
5
B–6624
E–1504
440, 443 & 443B Loader

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS 440 Loader
Fuel System Group
Ref. Torque
1. 25–28 ft.–lbs.
(34–37 Nm)
1
2
2. 16–20 ft.–lbs.
(22–27 Nm)
2

443 Loader
1
2
2 E–1501
E–1469
440, 443 & 443B Loader

1
Steering Controls & Panel Group
Ref. Torque
1
1. 16–20 ft.–lbs.
(21–27 Nm)
2.* 25–28 ft.–lbs.
(34–38 Nm)
3. 11–13 ft.–lbs.
(15–18 Nm)


2
3 2
3
3 2
2 2
2
2
C–2804
* Put LocTite on the Threads E–1487
440, 443 & 443B Loader

2
Bob–Tach & Lift Arm Group
Ref. Torque
1. 190–240 in.–lbs. 2
(21,5–27,1 Nm)
2. 25–28 ft.–lbs.
(34–37 Nm)
3. 65–70 ft.–lbs.
(88–95 Nm)
Torque all other hardware to 2


1
1
3
C–2801
C–2803
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Seat Bar & Pedal Group
Ref. Torque
1. 180–200 in.–lbs. 5
(20,2–22,5 Nm)
3
2. 105–130 in.–lbs.
(11,9–14,6 Nm) 1
3. 25–28 ft.–lbs. 3 5
(34–37 Nm)
2
4.* 25–28 ft.–lbs.
(34–37 Nm)
3
5. 40–45 ft.–lbs.
(55–61 Nm)
6. 11–13 ft.–lbs. 4
(15–18 Nm)


4
6 4
4 6
4
4
D–1634
* Put LocTite on the Threads E–1424
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Brake, Chaincase & Axle Group 2
1
Ref. Torque
1. 9–100 ft.–lbs.
(123–135 Nm)
2. 16–20 ft.–lbs. 2
(22–27 Nm)
3.* 25–28 ft.–lbs. 3 4
(34–37 Nm)
4. 15–28 ft.–lbs.
(21–24 Nm)
5.* 175–190 ft.–lbs.
(238–257 Nm)
6. 40–45 ft.–lbs.
(55–61 Nm)


2
C–2806
C–2805
* Put LocTite on the Threads C–2807
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Hydraulic Group (Auxiliary Hydraulic–Optional)
Ref. Torque
1. 80–90 ft.–lbs.
(9,1–10,1 Nm)
2. 180–200 in.–lbs. 5
20,4–22,5 Nm)
3. 75–90 in.–ft.–lbs.
(102–122 Nm)
4. 90–100 ft.–lbs.
123–135 Nm)
1
5. 23–25 ft.–lbs.
31–34 Nm)
6.* 180–200 in.–lbs. 3
20,4–22,5 Nm) 1
7. 16–20 ft.–lbs. 3
(22–27 Nm) 1

6
7
E–1479
* Put LocTite on the Threads D–1633
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Operator Cab, Main Frame & Rear Door Group
Ref. Torque
1. 65–70 ft.–lbs.
(89–94 Nm)
2. 180–200 in.–lbs.
(20,3–22,5 Nm)
3.* 105–130 in.–lbs.
(11,9–14,6 Nm)
4. 16–20 ft.–lbs.
(22–27 Nm)
5. 25–28 ft.–lbs. 3
(34–38 Nm)
1
6. 40–45 ft.–lbs.
(54–61 Nm)
2

5
1
6
E–1472
C–2802
E–1473
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Hydrostatic Group – 440 Loader
Ref. Torque
1. 25–28 ft.–lbs
(34–37 Nm)
2. 16–20 ft.–lbs.
(22–27 Nm)
3.* 27–31 ft.–lbs.
(37–42 Nm)
4. 90 in.–lbs.
(10 Nm)

1
1
1
2 E–1485
E–1484
440, 443 & 443B Loader

Hydrostatic Group – 443 Loader
Ref. Torque
1. 25–28 ft.–lbs.
934–37 Nm)
2. 16–20 ft.–lbs.
(22–27 Nm)
3.* 27–31 ft.–lbs.
(37–42 Nm0
4. 90 in.–lbs.
(10 Nm)

1 1
1
2
E–1485
E–1484
440, 443 & 443B Loader

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS
Use Melroe hydraulic/hydrostatic transmission fluid (P/N 6563328). If this fluid is not
available, use 10W–30 or 10W–40 SAE Motor Oil.
DO NOT use automatic transmission fluids in this loader or permanent damage to

the transmission will result.
Where temperatures below zero are common, loaders must be kept in a warm
building. Extra warm–up time must be used each time the loader is started during cold
temperature conditions. Cold fluid will not flow easily and it makes action of the
hydraulic function slower. Loss of fluid flow to the hydrostatic transmission pump
(indicated by TRANS light ON) will cause transmission damage in less than 60
seconds time.
Stop the engine if the TRANS light comes ON

and stays ON. The light indicates the loss of

fluid flow to the hydrostatic pumps which will
cause transmission damage in less than 60
seconds time.
I–2078–0895
440, 443 & 443B Loader

DECIMAL AND MILLIMETER EQUIVALENTS
FRACTIONS DECIMALS MM FRACTIONS DECIMALS MM

1/64 0.015625 — 0.397 33/64 0.515625 — 13.097
1/32 0.03125 — 0.794 17/32 0.53125 — 13.494
3/64 0.046875 — 1.191 35/64 0.546875 — 13.891
1/16 0.0625 — 1.588 9/16 0.5625 — 14.288
5/64 0.078125 — 1.984 37/64 0.578125 — 14.684
3/32 0.09375 — 2.381 19/32 0.59375 — 15.081
7/64 0.109375 — 2.778 39/64 0.609375 — 15.478
1/8 0.1250 — 3.175 5/8 0.6250 — 15.875
9/64 0.140625 — 3.572 41/64 0.640625 — 16.272
5/32 0.15625 — 3.969 21/32 0.65625 — 16.669
11/64 0.171875 — 4.366 43/64 0.671875 — 17.066
3/16 0.1876 — 4.762 11/16 0.6875 — 17.462
13/64 0.203125 — 5.159 45/64 0.703125 — 17.859
7/32 0.21875 — 5.556 23/32 0.71875 — 18.256
15/64 0.234375 — 5.953 47/64 0.734375 — 18.653
1/4 0.2500 — 6.350 3/4 0.7500 — 19.050
17/64 0.265625 — 6.747 49/64 0.765625 — 19.447
9/32 0.28125 — 7.144 25/32 0.78125 — 19.844
19/64 0.296875 — 7.541 51/64 0.796875 — 20.241
5/16 0.3125 — 7.938 13/16 0.8125 — 20.638
21/64 0.328125 — 8.334 53/64 0.828125 — 21.034
11/32 0.34375 — 8.731 27/32 0.84375 — 21.431
23/64 0.359375 — 9.128 55/64 0.859375 — 21.828

3/8 0.3750 — 9.525 7/8 0.8750 — 22.225
25/64 0.390625 — 9.922 57/64 0.890625 — 22.622
13/32 0.40625 — 10.319 29/32 0.90625 — 23.019
27/64 0.421875 — 10.716 59/64 0.921875 — 23.416
7/16 0.4375 — 11.112 15/16 0.9375 — 23.812
29/64 0.453125 — 11.509 61/64 0.953125 — 24.209
15/32 0.46875 — 11.906 31/32 0.96875 — 24.606
31/64 0.484375 — 12.303 63/64 0.984375 — 25.003
1/2 0.5000 — 12.700 1 1.000 — 25.400
1 mm = 0.03937’’ 0.001’’ = 0.0254 mm
U.S. TO METRIC CONVERSION

TO CONVERT INTO MULTIPLY BY
LINEAR Miles Kilometers 1.609
MEASUREMENT Yards Meters 0.9144
Feet Meters 0.3048
Feet Centimeters 30.48
Inches Meters 0.0254
Inches Centimeters 2.54
Inches Millimeters 25.4
AREA Square Miles Square Kilometers 2.59
Square Feet Square Meters 0.0929
Square Inches Square Centimeters 6.452
Acre Hectare 0.4047
VOLUME Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0.7646
Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0.02832
Cubic Inches Cubic Centimeters 16.39
WEIGHT Tons (Short) Metric Tons 0.9078
Pounds Kilograms 0.4536
Ounces (Avdp.) Grams 28.3495
PRESSURE Pounds/Sq. In. Kilopascal 6.895
WORK Foot–Pounds Newton–Meter 1.356
LIQUID VOLUME Quarts Liters 0.9463
Gallons Liters 3.785
LIQUID FLOW Gallons/Minute Liters/Minute 3.785
TEMPERATURE Fahrenheit Celsius 1.Subtract 32°
2. Multiply by 5/9
440, 443 & 443B Loader
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS
The following table shows standard torque specifications for bolts with zinc
phosphate coating. Bolts purchased from Melroe that have zinc phosphate coating
are specified by the letter H following the part number.
THREAD
SIZE SAE GRADE 5 SAE GRADE 8
INCH. .250 80–90 110–120

LBS. (9,0–10,2) (12,4–13,6)
(Nm)
.3125 180–200 215–240
(20,3–22,6) 24,2–27,1)
.375 25–28 35–40
(34–38) (47–54)
.4375 40–45 60–65
(54–61) (81–88)
.500 65–70 90–100
(88–95) (122–136)
.5625 90–100 125–140

(122–136) (170–190)
.625 125–140 175–190
(170–190) (240–260)
FOOT .750 220–245 300–330
LBS. (300–330) (410–450)
(Nm)
.875 330–360 475–525
(450–490) (645–710)
1.000 475–525 725–800
(645–710) (985–1085)
1.125 650–720 1050–1175
(880–975) (1425–1600)
1.250 900–1000 1475–1625
(1200–1360) (2000–2200)
1.375 1200–1350 2000–2200
(1630–1830) (2720–2980)
1.500 1500–1650 2600–2850
(2040–2240) (3530–3870)
1.625 2000–2800 3450–3800
(2720–2980) (4680–5150)
1.750 2500–2750 4300–4800
(3390–3730) (5830–6500)
1.875 3150–3500 5500–6100
(4270–4750) (7450–8300)
2.000 3800–4200 6500–7200
(5150–5700) (8800–9800)
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440,443,443B
ServiceManual#6566694–SpecificationsSection
440, 443 & 443B Loader

440–1
® Revision Number
30 January 1996
SERVICE MANUAL Date
REVISION ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
AFFECTING:
PARTS MANAGER
Product BOBCAT LOADER X
SERVICE MANAGER
Model 440, 443 SALES MANAGER
Manual No. 6566694 (11–95)
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Appropriate Manual For Future Reference.
The following pages are a revision to the 440, 443 Service Manual P/N 6566694 (11–95).

Take out the pages shown and put in the revised pages as follows:
TAKE OUT PUT IN
6–31, 6–32 6–31, 6–32 (Revised Jan. 96)
6–33, 6–34 6–33 (Revised Jan. 96), 6–34 (Revised Jan. 96)
6–35, 6–36 6–35 (Revised Jan. 96), 6–36 (Revised Jan. 96)
6–37, 6–38 6–37 (Revised Jan. 96), 6–38
7A–27, 7A–28 7A–27 (Revised Jan. 96), 7A–28 (Revised Jan. 96)
337 of 340
338 of 340
440–2
® Revision Number
21 February 1996
SERVICE MANUAL Date
REVISION ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
AFFECTING:
PARTS MANAGER
Product BOBCAT LOADER X
SERVICE MANAGER
Model 440, 443 SALES MANAGER
Manual No. 6566694 (11–95)
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Appropriate Manual For Future Reference.
The following pages are a revision to the 440, 443 Service Manual P/N 6566694 (11–95).

Take out the pages shown and put in the revised pages as follows:
TAKE OUT PUT IN
Wiring Diagram (P/N 6720350) Wiring Diagram (P/N 6720350)
443 (With Motorola Alternator) 443 (With Motorola Alternator)
(Printed December 1989) (Printed February 1996)
440 (Starting With S/N 11001) (Printed February 1996)
(Printed May 1986)
443 (Starting With S/N 11001) (Printed February 1996)
(Printed May 1986)
339 of 340
340 of 340

Service Manual: 6566694 (11-95) Printed in U.S.A. Melroe Company 1995

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: 6566694 (11-95) Printed in U.S.A. Melroe Company 1995

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

4 4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

6566694 (11–95) Printed in U.S.A. © Melroe Company 1995

CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT

B-10731a B-12365 B-7469

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

B-6590 B-6580 B-6589

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

YOUR LOADER DEALER: SPECIFICATIONS

440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

1. Check that the ROPS/FOPS 9. Enclosure door latches must

2. Check that ROPS mounting 10. Bob–Tach wedges and

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

5. Machine signs must be legible 13. Check hydraulic fluid level,

7. Check for correct funtion of the 15. Lubricate the loader.

8. The parking brake must 16. Check the condition of the

440, 443 & 443B Loader

18. Check the electrical charging

19. Check tires for wear and

20. Inspect for loose or broken

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

22. Check for any field

Recommend to the owner that all

440, 443 & 443B Loader

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Warnings on the machine and in the This notice identifies procedures

440, 443 & 443B Loader

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

440, 443 & 443B Loader

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

440, 443 & 443B Loader

440, 443 & 443B Loader

Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine.

Engine Air Cleaner Empty the dust cup.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Serial Number Identification

Loader Serial Number B

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Production Sequence (Series)

Factory Use Only B–6213

Model, Engine Version

The engine serial number for the 443 Bobcat loader is

440, 443 & 443B Loader

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Air Cleaner Service B–6131

440 – Bobcat Loader

Loosen the clamp and remove the dust cup [B].

It is important to service the air cleaner cup at regular

NOTE: Contamination can enter the system

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

440, 443 & 443B Loader

Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Use clean, approved safety containers to add the fuel.

NOTE: The electrical fuel solenoid (Item 3) [B] is

440, 443 & 443B Loader

NOTE: 443, 443B ONLY – The dipstick may indicate

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE

440, 443 & 443B Loader